0>>>>102-02-08 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन02-02-08 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban02-02-08 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x02-02-08 Om peace avyakt x2 सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता द्वारा रूहानी रॉयल्टी और पर्सनालिटी का अनुभव करते , अपने मास्टर ज्ञान सूर्य स्वरूप को इमर्ज करो sampūrṇ pavitratā dvārā rūhānī royalty aur personality kā anubhav kartē , apnē master gyān sūrya svarūp kō emerge karō sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā rūhānī[adj.] royalty aur personality kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] master gyān sūrya[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] complete purity through spiritual royalty and personality of experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , one’s own master Sun of Knowledge form to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
0 Avyakt BapDada Om Shanti 12/03/2018 - 02/02/2008 (Revised)
3आज बापदादा चारों ओर के अपने रॉयल्टी और पर्सनालिटी के परिवार को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr K|kē apnē royalty aur personality K|kē parivār kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] royalty aur personality K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (K|of) one’s own royalty and personality (K|of) family to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
1> While experiencing the royalty and perso nality of complete purity, make your form of a master sun of knowledge emerge.
4यह रॉयल्टी वा रूहानी पर्सनालिटी का फाउण्डेशन है सम्पूर्ण प्युरिटी . yah royalty vā rūhānī personality kā foundation hai sampūrṇ purity . yah[pn.sg.d.] royalty vā rūhānī[adj.] personality kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] sampūrṇ[adj.] purity . this royalty or spiritual personality of foundation be[pres.sg.23] complete purity . 5प्युरिटी की निशानी सभी के मस्तक में , सभी के सिर पर लाइट का ताज चमक रहा है . purity key|kī niśhānī sabhī K|kē mastak mē̃ , sabhī K|kē sir par light kā tāj chamak rahā hai . purity key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] chamaknā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign all (K|of) forehead in , all (K|of) x (at|other) light of crown x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
2Today, BapDada is seeing His family of royalty and personality everywhere. 3The foundation of royalty and spiritual personality is complete purity . 4The sign of purity is the sparkling crown of light over everyone’s head.
6ऐसे चमकते हुए ताजधारी रूहानी रॉयल्टी , रूहानी पर्सनालिटी वाले सिर्फ आप ब्राह्मण परिवार ही हैं क्योंकि प्युरिटी को अपनाया है . aisē chamaktē huē tājdhārī rūhānī royalty , rūhānī personality vālē sirph āp brāhmaṇ parivār hī haĩ kyōṅki purity kō apnāyā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tājdhārī[adj.] rūhānī[adj.] royalty , rūhānī[adj.] personality vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sirph[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki purity kō[postp.] apnānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . such x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] crowned spiritual royalty , spiritual personality those who only you Brahmin family only be[pres.pl.12hon3] because purity to adopt[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
5It is only you, the Brahmin family, who wear the sparkling crowns, who have spiritual royalty and spiritual personality, because you have adopted purity .
7आप ब्राह्मण आत्माओं की प्युरिटी का प्रभाव आदिकाल से प्रसिद्ध है . āp brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ key|kī purity kā prabhāv ādikāl sē prasiddh hai . āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] purity kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you Brahmin soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) purity of x beginning from x be[pres.sg.23] . 8याद आता है अपना अनादि और आदिकाल ! yād ātā hai apnā anādi aur ādikāl ! yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] anādi[adj.] aur ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] (one’s own|adopt[root]) eternal and beginning !
6The impact of the purity of you Brahmin souls is well-known from the beginning period.
9याद करो अनादिकाल में भी आप प्युअर आत्मायें आत्मा रूप में भी विशेष चमकते हुए सितारे , चमकते रहते हैं और भी आत्मायें हैं लेकिन आप सितारों की चमक सबके साथ होते भी विशेष चमकती है . yād karō anādikāl mē̃ bhī āp pure ātmāyē̃ ātmā rūp mē̃ bhī viśhēṣh chamaktē huē sitārē , chamaktē rahtē haĩ aur bhī ātmāyē̃ haĩ lēkin āp sitārō̃ key|kī chamak sabkē sāth hōtē bhī viśhēṣh chamaktī hai . yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] pure ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , chamaknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aur bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chamaknā[root]|chamak[n.f.;sg.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.23] . remember eternally in too you pure soul soul Rup in too special x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] star , x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] and too soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] but you star (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x[root]|sparkle) everyone's with be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too special x[pres.sg.f.23] . 10जैसे आकाश में सितारे अनेक होते हैं लेकिन कोई कोई सितारे स्पेशल चमकने वाले होते हैं . jaisē ākāśh mē̃ sitārē anēk hōtē haĩ lēkin kōī kōī sitārē special chamaknē vālē hōtē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ākāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] anēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] special chamaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . like ether in star many be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but some some star special x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
7Do you remember the eternal time (anadikaal) and the beginning period (adikaal)? 8Remember in the eternal time, in the form of pure souls, how you stars sparkle with a special sparkle. 9There are other souls too, but while being with everyone else, the sparkle of you stars is a special sparkle, just as there are many stars in the sky, but only a few stars have a special sparkle.
11देख रहे हो सभी अपने को , फिर आदिकाल में आपके प्युरिटी की रॉयल्टी और पर्सनालिटी कितनी महान रही है ! dēkh rahē hō sabhī apnē kō , phir ādikāl mē̃ āpkē purity key|kī royalty aur personality kitnī mahān rahī hai ! dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] purity key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] royalty aur personality kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mahān, mahā[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ! see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] all one’s own to , (then|turn[root]) beginning in you[.kē] purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) royalty and personality so great remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] !
10Are all of you seeing yourselves? 11At that time, in the beginning period, how great was the royalty and personality of your purity !
12सभी पहुंच गये आदिकाल में ? sabhī pahuñch gayē ādikāl mē̃ ? sab[adv.hī] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ? all reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] beginning in ?
12Have all of you reached the beginning period?
13पहुंच जाओ . pahuñch jāō . pahuñchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
13Go there now.
14चेक करो मेरी चमकने की रेखा कितनी परसेन्ट में है ? check karō mērī chamaknē key|kī rēkhā kitnī percent mē̃ hai ? check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] chamaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I[.kī] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line so % in be[pres.sg.23] ?
14Check: What is the percentage of the sparkle of my line?
15आदिकाल से अन्तिम काल तक आपके प्युरिटी की रॉयल्टी , पर्सनालिटी सदा रहती है . ādikāl sē antim kāl tak āpkē purity key|kī royalty , personality sadā rahtī hai . ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] antim[adj.] kal tak āp[pn.pl.kē] purity key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] royalty , personality sadā rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . beginning from final x until you[.kē] purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) royalty , personality constantly remain[pres.sg.f.23] .
15From the beginning period to the final period, the royalty and personality of your purity remains all the time.
16अनादि काल का चमकता हुआ सितारा , चमकते हुए बाप के साथ-साथ निवास करने वाले . anādi kāl kā chamaktā huā sitārā , chamaktē huē bāp K|kē sāth-sāth nivās karnē vālē . anādi kāl[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth-sāth nivās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . eternally of x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] star , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] father (K|of) x x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
16The sparkling star of the eternal form resides with the Father who is sparkling.
17अभी-अभी अपनी विशेषता अनुभव करो . abhī-abhī apnī viśhēṣhtā anubhav karō . ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now one’s own speciality experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
17Experience your speciality now.
18पहुंच गये सब अनादिकाल में ? pahuñch gayē sab anādikāl mē̃ ? pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] sab[adj.] anādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ? reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] all eternally in ?
18Did all of you reach the eternal time?
19फिर सारे कल्प में आप पवित्र आत्माओं की रॉयल्टी भिन्न-भिन्न रूप में रहती है क्योंकि आप आत्माओं जैसा कोई सम्पूर्ण पवित्र बने ही नहीं हैं . phir sārē kalp mē̃ āp pavitra ātmāō̃ key|kī royalty bhinn-bhinn rūp mē̃ rahtī hai kyōṅki āp ātmāō̃ jaisā kōī sampūrṇ pavitra banē hī nahī̃ haĩ . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] royalty bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) the whole cycle in you pure soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) royalty different Rup in remain[pres.sg.f.23] because you soul like some complete pure (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) only not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
19Then, throughout the whole cycle, the royalty of you pure souls has stayed in various forms because no one else has become as completely pure as you souls have.
20पवित्रता का जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार आप विशेष आत्माओं को बाप द्वारा प्राप्त है . pavitratā kā janm siddha adhikār āp viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kō bāp dvārā prāpt hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] āp[pn.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity of (be born[root]|life) successful right you special soul to father through reached be[pres.sg.23] .
20You special souls have received the birthright of purity from the Father. 21Now, come into the beginning period.
21अभी आदिकाल में आ जाओ . abhī ādikāl mē̃ ā jāō . ab[adv.hī] ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now beginning in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
22You saw in the eternal time.
22अनादिकाल भी देखा , अब आदिकाल में आपके पवित्रता की रॉयल्टी का स्वरूप कितना महान है ! anādikāl bhī dēkhā , ab ādikāl mē̃ āpkē pavitratā key|kī royalty kā svarūp kitnā mahān hai ! anādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.] ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] royalty kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! eternally too see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now beginning in you[.kē] purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) royalty of form so great be[pres.sg.23] !
23Now, in the beginning period, the form of the royalty of your purity is so great! 24Have all you reached the golden age?
23सभी पहुंच गये सतयुग में . sabhī pahuñch gayē satyug mē̃ . sab[adv.hī] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . all reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] golden age in .
25Have you reached there?
24पहुंच गये ! pahuñch gayē ! pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! 25आ गये ? ā gayē ? ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
26Have you gone there?
26कितना प्यारा स्वरूप देवता रूप है . kitnā pyārā svarūp dēvtā rūp hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so loving form deity Rup be[pres.sg.23] .
27The deity form is such a lovely form.
27देवताओं जैसी रॉयल्टी और पर्सनालिटी सारे कल्प में किसी भी आत्मा की नहीं है . dēvtāō̃ jaisī royalty aur personality sārē kalp mē̃ kisī bhī ātmā key|kī nahī̃ hai . dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] royalty aur personality sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . deity like royalty and personality the whole cycle in (some|anything) too soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) not be[pres.sg.23] .
28Throughout the whole cycle, no other souls have the royalty and personality that the deities have.
28देवता रूप की चमक अनुभव कर रहे हो ना ! dēvtā rūp key|kī chamak anubhav kar rahē hō nā ! dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chamaknā[root]|chamak[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! deity Rup (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x[root]|sparkle) experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
29You are experiencing the sparkle of the deity form, are you not?
29इतनी रूहानी पर्सनालिटी , यह सब पवित्रता की प्राप्ति है . itnī rūhānī personality , yah sab pavitratā key|kī prāpti hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rūhānī[adj.] personality , yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such spiritual personality , this all purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres.sg.23] .
30Such a spiritual personality - all of this is the attainment of purity.
30अभी देवता रूप का अनुभव करते मध्यकाल में आ जाओ . abhī dēvtā rūp kā anubhav kartē madhyakāl mē̃ ā jāō . ab[adv.hī] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] madhyakāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now deity Rup of experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] middle period in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
31Now, while experiencing your deity form, come into the middle period.
31आ गये ? ā gayē ? ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
32Have you gone there?
32आना अनुभव करना सहज है ना . ānā anubhav karnā sahaj hai nā . ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
33To go there and to experience it is easy, is it not?
33तो मध्यकाल में भी देखो , आपके भक्त आप पूज्य आत्माओं की पूजा करते हैं , चित्र बनाते हैं . tō madhyakāl mē̃ bhī dēkhō , āpkē bhakta āp pūjya ātmāō̃ key|kī pūjā kartē haĩ , chitra banātē haĩ . tō madhyakāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kē] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then middle period in too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kē] devotee you worthy of worship soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , picture create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
34So, look, even in the middle period your devotees worship you worthy-of-worship souls; they create your images.
34कितने रॉयल्टी के चित्र बनाते और कितनी रॉयल्टी से पूजा करते . kitnē royalty K|kē chitra banātē aur kitnī royalty sē pūjā kartē . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] royalty K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] royalty sē[postp.] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . so royalty (K|of) picture create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and so royalty from (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
35They create your images with such royalty and they also worship them with so much royalty.
35अपना पूज्य चित्र सामने आ गया है ना ! apnā pūjya chitra sāmnē ā gayā hai nā ! apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] pūjya[adj.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā ! (one’s own|adopt[root]) worthy of worship picture x come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ ! 36चित्र तो धर्मात्माओं के भी बनते हैं . chitra tō dharmātmāō̃ K|kē bhī bantē haĩ . chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dharm-ātmā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . picture then x (K|of) too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
36The picture of your worthy-of-worship form has come in front of you, has it not?
37धर्म पिताओं के भी बनते हैं , अभिनेताओं के भी बनते हैं लेकिन आपके चित्र की रूहानियत और विधि पूर्वक पूजा में फर्क होता है . dharm pitāō̃ K|kē bhī bantē haĩ , abhinētāō̃ K|kē bhī bantē haĩ lēkin āpkē chitra key|kī rūhāniyat aur vidhi pūrvak pūjā mē̃ phark hōtā hai . dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] aur vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvak pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . religion father (K|of) too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x (K|of) too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you[.kē] picture (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x and method according to (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) in difference be[pres.sg.m.23] .
37Images are created of dharamatmas (righteous souls) and of founders of religions and actors too. 38However, there is a difference between them and the spirituality and worship of your images done with the right method.
38तो अपना पूज्य स्वरूप सामने आ गया ! tō apnā pūjya svarūp sāmnē ā gayā ! tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] pūjya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ! then (one’s own|adopt[root]) worthy of worship form x come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] !
39So, has your worthy-of-worship form come in front of you?
39अच्छा फिर आओ अन्तकाल संगम पर , यह रूहानी ड्रिल कर रहे हो ना ! achchhā phir āō antkāl saṅgam par , yah rūhānī drill kar rahē hō nā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phirnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+ānā] antkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] drill karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! achcha turn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+ānā] final moments confluence (at|other) , this spiritual drill do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
40OK, now come into the final period, at the confluence age. 41You are performing this spiritual drill, are you not?
40चक्कर लगाओ और अपने प्युरिटी का , अपनी विशेष प्राप्ति का अनुभव करो . chakkar lagāō aur apnē purity kā , apnī viśhēṣh prāpti kā anubhav karō . chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purity kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . cycle attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own purity of , one’s own special attainment of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
42Go around the cycle and experience your form of purity and your special attainment.
41अन्तिमकाल संगम पर आप ब्राह्मण आत्माओं का परमात्म पालना का , परमात्म प्यार का , परमात्म पढ़ाई का भाग्य आप कोटों में कोई आत्माओं को ही मिलता है . antimakāl saṅgam par āp brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kā paramātma pālnā kā , paramātma pyār kā , paramātma paṛhāī kā bhāgya āp kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī ātmāō̃ kō hī miltā hai . x saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x confluence (at|other) you Brahmin soul of Supreme Soul (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of , Supreme Soul love of , Supreme Soul (study|teach[past-part.f.]) of x you x in some soul to only receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
43At the final period of the confluence age, only you handful of Brahmin souls out of multimillions of souls, have the fortune of receiving sustenance from God, of God’s love and of studying with God.
42परमात्मा की डायरेक्ट रचना , पहली रचना आप पवित्र आत्माओं को ही प्राप्त होती है . paramātmā key|kī direct rachnā , pahlī rachnā āp pavitra ātmāō̃ kō hī prāpt hōtī hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] direct rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|rachnā[n.f.;sg.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|rachnā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Supreme Soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direct (x[inf.m.sg.d.]|creation) , x (x[inf.m.sg.d.]|creation) you pure soul to only reached be[pres.sg.f.23] . 43जिससे आप ब्राह्मण ही विश्व की आत्माओं को भी मुक्ति का वर्सा बाप से दिलाते हो . jissē āp brāhmaṇ hī viśhva key|kī ātmāō̃ kō bhī mukti kā varsā bāp sē dilātē hō . jō[pn.sg.sē] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dilānā[pres.pl.m.2] . that[.sē] you Brahmin only world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul to too liberation of inheritance father from x[pres.pl.m.2] .
44Only you pure souls who are the direct creation, the first creation of God, receive this; and together with this, you Brahmins enable souls of the world to receive from the Father their inheritance of liberation.
44तो यह सारे चक्कर में अनादिकाल , आदिकाल , मध्यकाल और अन्तिमकाल सारे चक्र में इतनी श्रेष्ठ प्राप्ति का आधार पवित्रता है . tō yah sārē chakkar mē̃ anādikāl , ādikāl , madhyakāl aur antimakāl sārē chakra mē̃ itnī śhrēṣhṭh prāpti kā ādhār pavitratā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , madhyakāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur x sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this the whole cycle in eternally , beginning , middle period and x the whole (x|cycle) in such elevated attainment of basis purity be[pres.sg.23] .
45So, throughout the whole cycle, in the eternal time, the beginning period, the middle period and the final period, the basis of such elevated attainment is purity. 46You have gone around the whole cycle.
45सारा चक्कर लगाया अभी अपने को चेक करो , अपने को देखो , देखने का आइना है ना ! sārā chakkar lagāyā abhī apnē kō check karō , apnē kō dēkhō , dēkhnē kā āinā hai nā ! sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! the whole cycle attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] now one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one’s own to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , see[inf.m.pl.,o.] of mirror be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
47Now, check yourself. 48Look at yourself. 49You have the mirror in which to see yourself, do you not?
46अपने को देखने का आइना है ? apnē kō dēkhnē kā āinā hai ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? one’s own to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] of mirror be[pres.sg.23] ?
50Do you have the mirror in which to see yourself?
47जिसको है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands .
51Those who have it, raise your hands!
48आइना है , क्लीयर है आइना ? āinā hai , clear hai āinā ? āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , clear hōnā[pres.sg.23] āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ? mirror be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] mirror ?
52Do you have the mirror? 53Is it clear?
49तो आइने में देखो मेरी पवित्रता का कितना परसेन्ट है ? tō āinē mē̃ dēkhō mērī pavitratā kā kitnā percent hai ? tō āinā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] percent hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then mirror in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I[.kī] purity of so % be[pres.sg.23] ?
54So, look in the mirror: What is the percentage of my purity?
50पवित्रता सिर्फ ब्रह्मचर्य नहीं लेकिन ब्रह्माचारी . pavitratā sirph brahmcharya nahī̃ lēkin brahmāchārī . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sirph[adj.] brahmcharya[x] nahī̃[neg] lēkin brahmāchārī[x] . purity only celibacy not but x . 51मन-वचन-कर्म , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क सबमें पवित्रता है ? man-vachan-karma , sambandh-sampark sabmē̃ pavitratā hai ? man-vachan-karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabmē̃ pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? thoughts, words and deeds , x x purity be[pres.sg.23] ?
55Purity is not just celibacy (brahmcharya), but to be Brahma-chari (one who follows in the footsteps of Brahma).
52कितनी परसेन्ट में है ? kitnī percent mē̃ hai ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? so % in be[pres.sg.23] ? 53परसेन्टेज निकालने आती है ना ! percentage nikālnē ātī hai nā ! percentage nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! percentage x[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
56Do I have purity in my thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections?
54टीचर्स को आती है ? teachers kō ātī hai ? teacher kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? teacher to come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
57To what percentage is it?
55पाण्डवों को आती है ? pāṇḍavō̃ kō ātī hai ? pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? Pandava to come[pres.sg.f.23] ? 56अच्छा होशियार हो . achchhā hōśhiyār hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
58You know how to calculate a percentage , do you not?
57माताओं को आती है ? mātāō̃ kō ātī hai ? mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? mother to come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
59Do the teachers know how to do this?
58आती है माताओं को ? ātī hai mātāō̃ kō ? ānā[pres.sg.f.23] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ? come[pres.sg.f.23] mother to ?
60Do the Pandavas know?
59अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
61You are clever.
60पवित्रता की परख है - वृत्ति , दृष्टि और कृति तीनों में चेक करो , सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता की जो वृत्ति होगी , वह आ गई ना बुद्धि में . pavitratā key|kī parakh hai - vr̥itti , dr̥iṣhṭi aur kr̥iti tīnō̃ mē̃ check karō , sampūrṇ pavitratā key|kī jō vr̥itti hōgī , vah ā gaī nā buddhi mē̃ . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] parakhnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] aur kr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tīnō̃[adj.] mē̃[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] . purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x[root] be[pres.sg.23] - attitude , drishti and behaviour all three in check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , complete purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that attitude be[fut.f.sg.23] , that come[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ intellect in .
62Do the mothers know? 63OK. 64The sign of purity: check all three – your attitude, vision and actions. 65The attitude of complete purity - that has entered your intellect, has it not?
61सोचो , सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता की वृत्ति अर्थात् हर आत्मा के प्रति शुभभावना , शुभकामना . sōchō , sampūrṇ pavitratā key|kī vr̥itti arthāt har|her ātmā kē prati śhubhbhāvnā , śhubhkāmnā . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] arthāt harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] śhubh bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] , śhubh kāmnā[n.f.;sg.] . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , complete purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attitude that is (x[root]|x) soul for pure feeling , good wishes .
66Think about it. 67The attitude of complete purity is to have good wishes and pure feelings for every soul.
62अनुभवी हो ना ! anubhavī hō nā ! anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
68You are experienced, are you not?
63और दृष्टि क्या होगी ? aur dr̥iṣhṭi kyā hōgī ? aur dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? and drishti what be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
69So what would your vision be like?
64हर आत्मा को आत्मा रूप में देखना . har|her ātmā kō ātmā rūp mē̃ dēkhnā . harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x[root]|x) soul to soul Rup in see[inf.m.sg.d.] .
70It is to see every soul in the form of a soul.
65आत्मिक स्मृति से बोलना , चलना . ātmik smr̥iti sē bōlnā , chalnā . ātmik[adj.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . soul-conscious awareness from speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , continue[inf.m.sg.d.] . 66शार्ट में सुना रहे हैं . short mē̃ sunā rahē haĩ . short mē̃[postp.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . short in speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
71It is to speak and interact in the awareness of soul consciousness.
67डिटेल तो आप भाषण कर सकते हैं और कृति अर्थात् कर्म में सुख लेना सुख देना . detail tō āp bhāṣhaṇ kar saktē haĩ aur kr̥iti arthāt karma mē̃ sukh lēnā sukh dēnā . detail tō āp[pn.pl.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] aur kr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] arthāt karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . detail then you lecture do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] and behaviour that is deed in happiness take[inf.m.sg.d.] happiness give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
72Baba is telling you in short; you can give lectures in detail. 73And in actions, it means to receive happiness and give happiness through actions.
68यह चेक करो - मेरी वृत्ति , दृष्टि , कृति इसी प्रमाण है ? yah check karō - mērī vr̥itti , dr̥iṣhṭi , kr̥iti isī pramāṇ hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - maĩ[pn.sg.kī] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] , kr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - I[.kī] attitude , drishti , behaviour this[.hī] (under) be[pres.sg.23] ?
74Check this: Are my attitude, vision and actions according to this?
69सुख लेना , दुःख नहीं लेना . sukh lēnā , duḥkh nahī̃ lēnā . sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . happiness take[inf.m.sg.d.] , (hurt[root]|sorrow) not take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
75Take happiness; do not take sorrow.
70तो चेक करो कभी दुःख तो नहीं ले लेते हो ! tō check karō kabhī duḥkh tō nahī̃ lē lētē hō ! tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kabhī[adv.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ! then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ever (hurt[root]|sorrow) then not take[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] !
76So, check: Do I sometimes take sorrow?
71कभी कभी थोड़ा-थोड़ा ? kabhī kabhī thōṛā-thōṛā ? kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? ever ever short ?
77Sometimes, maybe, you take a little of it?
72दुःख देने वाले भी तो होते हैं ना . duḥkh dēnē vālē bhī tō hōtē haĩ nā . duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . (hurt[root]|sorrow) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too then be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
78Of course there are those who give sorrow!
73मानों वह दुःख देता है तो क्या आपको उसको फॉलो करना है ! mānō̃ vah duḥkh dētā hai tō kyā āpkō uskō follow karnā hai ! mānō̃ vah[pn.sg.d.] duḥkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] tō kyā āp[pn.pl.kō] vah[pn.sg.kō] follow karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ! just consider that hurt[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] then what you[.kō] that[.kō] follow do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] !
79For instance, if someone causes you sorrow, do you have to follow that one?
74फॉलो करना है कि नहीं ? follow karnā hai ki nahī̃ ? follow karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] ? follow do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that not ?
80Do you have to follow that one or not?
75फॉलो किसको करना है ? follow kiskō karnā hai ? follow kaun[pn.sg.kō] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? follow who[.kō] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
81Whom do you have to follow ?
76दुःख देने वाले को वा बाप को ? duḥkh dēnē vālē kō vā bāp kō ? duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] vā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ? (hurt[root]|sorrow) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to or father to ?
82The one who gives sorrow or the Father?
77बाप ने , ब्रह्मा बाप ने निराकार की तो बात है ही , लेकिन ब्रह्मा बाप ने किसी बच्चे का दुःख लिया ? bāp nē , brahmā bāp nē nirākār key|kī tō bāt hai hī , lēkin brahmā bāp nē kisī bachchē kā duḥkh liyā ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] nirākār[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] , lēkin brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duḥkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ? father ∅ , Brahma father ∅ incorporeal (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) then matter be[pres.sg.23] only , but Brahma father ∅ (some|anything) child of hurt[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ?
83It refers to the Incorporeal anyway, but did Father Brahma take sorrow from any child? 84He gave happiness and received happiness.
78सुख दिया और सुख लिया . sukh diyā aur sukh liyā . sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . happiness give[past-part.m.sg.d.] and happiness take[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
85Am I following the father ?
79फॉलो फादर है या कभी-कभी लेना ही पड़ता है ? follow father hai yā kabhī-kabhī lēnā hī paṛtā hai ? follow father[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kabhī[adv.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? follow the Father be[pres.sg.23] or ever take[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] ?
86Or, do I sometimes feel that I have to take it?
80नाम ही है दुःख , जब दुःख देते हैं , इनसल्ट करते हैं , तो जानते हो कि यह खराब चीज़ है , कोई आपकी इनसल्ट करता है तो उसको आप अच्छा समझते हो ? nām hī hai duḥkh , jab duḥkh dētē haĩ , insult kartē haĩ , tō jāntē hō ki yah kharāb chīz hai , kōī āpkī insult kartā hai tō uskō āp achchhā samajhtē hō ? nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jab duḥkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , insult karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] insult karnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] āp[pn.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? name only be[pres.sg.23] (hurt[root]|sorrow) , when hurt[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , insult do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then know[pres.pl.m.2] that this bad thing be[pres.sg.23] , some you[.kī] insult do[pres.sg.m.23] then that[.kō] you achcha understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
87It is called sorrow when someone is causing you sorrow or insulting you; you know that it is bad when someone insults you. 88Do you consider it good when someone insults you?
81खराब समझते हो ना ! kharāb samajhtē hō nā ! kharāb[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! bad understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
89You feel that it is bad, do you not?
82तो वह आपको दुःख देता है या इनसल्ट करता है , तो खराब चीज़ अगर आपको कोई देता है , तो आप ले लेते हो ? tō vah āpkō duḥkh dētā hai yā insult kartā hai , tō kharāb chīz agar āpkō kōī dētā hai , tō āp lē lētē hō ? tō vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] duḥkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] yā insult karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] agar āp[pn.pl.kō] kōī[pn.;d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ? then that you[.kō] hurt[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] or insult do[pres.sg.m.23] , then bad thing if you[.kō] some give[pres.sg.m.23] , then you take[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ?
90So, that one is causing you sorrow or insulting you. 91So, when someone is giving you something bad, do you take it? 92Do you take it?
83ले लेते हो ? lē lētē hō ? lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ? take[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ?
93Do you take it for a short time?
84थोड़े समय के लिए , ज्यादा समय नहीं थोड़ा समय ? thōṛē samay kē liē , jyādā samay nahī̃ thōṛā samay ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? short time for , more time not short time ?
94OK, maybe not for a long time, but do you take it for a short time?
85खराब चीज़ लेनी होती है ? kharāb chīz lēnī hōtī hai ? kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig1] ? bad thing take[pres.sg.f.23.oblig1] ?
95Do you have to take something that is bad?
86तो दुःख या इनसल्ट लेते क्यों हो ? tō duḥkh yā insult lētē kyō̃ hō ? tō duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā insult lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then (hurt[root]|sorrow) or insult take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
96So, why do you accept that sorrow or insult?
87अर्थात् मन में फीलिंग के रूप में रखते क्यों हो ? arthāt man mē̃ feeling K|kē rūp mē̃ rakhtē kyō̃ hō ? arthāt man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] feeling K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? that is mind in feeling (K|of) Rup in keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
97That is, why do you keep it in your mind in the form of a bad feeling ?
88तो अपने से पूछो हम दुःख लेते हैं ? tō apnē sē pūchhō ham duḥkh lētē haĩ ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] duḥkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] ? then one’s own from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we hurt[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] ?
98So, ask yourself: Am I taking sorrow?
89या दुःख को परिवर्तन के रूप में देखते हैं ? yā duḥkh kō parivartan K|kē rūp mē̃ dēkhtē haĩ ? yā duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? or (hurt[root]|sorrow) to transformation (K|of) Rup in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
99Or, do I see that sorrow in the form of transformation?
90क्या समझते हो पहली लाइन . kyā samajhtē hō pahlī line . kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line . what understand[pres.pl.m.2] x line . 91दुःख लेना राइट है ? duḥkh lēnā right hai ? duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? (hurt[root]|sorrow) take[inf.m.sg.d.] right be[pres.sg.23] ? 92है राइट ? hai right ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] right ? be[pres.sg.23] right ?
100What do you think, those sitting in the first line: Is it right to take sorrow?
93मधुबन वाले राइट है ? madhuban vālē right hai ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Madhuban those who right be[pres.sg.23] ?
101Those from Madhuban, is it right?
94थोड़ा थोड़ा ले लेना चाहिए ? thōṛā thōṛā lē lēnā chāhiē ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] lēnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lēnā[.oblig3] ? short short (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) (take[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|take[.oblig3]) ?
102Should you take a little of it?
95पहली लाइन , दुःख ले लेना चाहिए ना ! pahlī line , duḥkh lē lēnā chāhiē nā ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line , duḥkhnā[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] lēnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lēnā[.oblig3] nā ! x line , hurt[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] (take[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|take[.oblig3]) ∅ !
103Those in the first line, you should take that sorrow, should you not?
96नहीं लेना चाहिए लेकिन ले लेते हो . nahī̃ lēnā chāhiē lēkin lē lētē hō . nahī̃[neg] lēnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lēnā[.oblig3] lēkin lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . not (take[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|take[.oblig3]) but take[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] .
104You should not take it, but you do take it.
97गलती से ले लेते हो . galatī|galtī sē lē lētē hō . galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from take[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] .
105You take it by mistake.
98यह दुःख की फीलिंग , परेशान कौन होता ? yah duḥkh key|kī feeling , parēśhān kaun hōtā ? yah[pn.sg.d.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] feeling , parēśhān[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? this (hurt[root]|sorrow) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) feeling , distressed who be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
106Then who is distressed by that feeling of sorrow?
99मन में किचड़ा रखा तो परेशान कौन होगा ? man mē̃ kichṛā rakhā tō parēśhān kaun hōgā ? man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] tō parēśhān[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? mind in rubbish (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) then distressed who be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
107If you keep rubbish in your mind, then who would be distressed?
100जहाँ किचड़ा होगा वहाँ ही परेशान होंगे ना ! jahā̃ kichṛā hōgā vahā̃ hī parēśhān hōṅgē nā ! jahā̃ kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vahā̃ hī[p.] parēśhān[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! where there rubbish be[fut.m.sg.23] there only distressed be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
108It is where there is rubbish that one becomes distressed.
101तो उस समय अपने रॉयल्टी और पर्सनालिटी को सामने लाओ और अपने को किस स्वरूप में देखो ? tō us samay apnē royalty aur personality kō sāmnē lāō aur apnē kō kis svarūp mē̃ dēkhō ? tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] royalty aur personality kō[postp.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ? then that time one’s own royalty and personality to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own to (who|what) form in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ?
109So, at that time, bring your royalty and personality in front of you. 110Then, in which form should you see yourself?
102जानते हो आपका क्या टाइटल है ? jāntē hō āpkā kyā title hai ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] āp[pn.pl.kā] kyā title hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? know[pres.pl.m.2] you[.kā] what title be[pres.sg.23] ?
111Do you know what your title is?
103आपका टाइटल है सहनशीलता की देवी , सहनशीलता का देव . āpkā title hai sahanśhīltā key|kī dēvī , sahanśhīltā kā dēv . āp[pn.pl.kā] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] sahanśhīltā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , sahanśhīltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . you[.kā] title be[pres.sg.23] tolerance (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) goddess , tolerance of deity .
112Your title is: goddess (devi) of tolerance, god (dev) of tolerance.
104तो आप कौन हो ? tō āp kaun hō ? tō āp[pn.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then you who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
113So, who are you?
105सहनशीलता की देवियां हो , सहनशीलता के देव हो ? sahanśhīltā key|kī dēviyā̃ hō , sahanśhīltā K|kē dēv hō ? sahanśhīltā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dēvī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sahanśhīltā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? tolerance (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) goddess (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , tolerance (K|of) deity (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
114Are you goddesses and gods of tolerance?
106कि नहीं ? ki nahī̃ ? ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] ? that not ?
115Are you that or not?
107कभी-कभी हो जाते हैं . kabhī-kabhī hō jātē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . ever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
116You are that sometimes.
108अपना पोजीशन याद करो , स्वमान याद करो . apnā position yād karō , svamān yād karō . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] position yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , svamān[x] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) position remember , self-respect remember .
117Remember your position . 118Remember your self-respect.
109मैं कौन ! maĩ kaun ! maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ! I who !
119Who am I?
110यह स्मृति में लाओ . yah smr̥iti mē̃ lāō . yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
120Bring this into your awareness.
111सारे कल्प के विशेष स्वरूप की स्मृति को लाओ . sārē kalp K|kē viśhēṣh svarūp key|kī smr̥iti kō lāō . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the whole cycle (K|of) special form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) awareness to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
121Bring into your awareness your special form of the whole cycle.
112स्मृति तो आती है ना ! smr̥iti tō ātī hai nā ! smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] tō ānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! awareness then come[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
122You do remember it, do you not?
113बापदादा ने देखा कि जैसे मेरा शब्द को सहज याद में परिवर्तन किया है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki jaisē mērā śhabda kō sahaj yād mē̃ parivartan kiyā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that like I[.kā] word to easy remembrance in transformation do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
123BapDada has seen that you have transformed the word “mine” through easy remembrance.
114तो मेरा के विस्तार को समेटने के लिए क्या कहते हो ? tō mērā K|kē vistār kō samēṭnē kē liē kyā kahtē hō ? tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samēṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then I[.kā] (K|of) expansion to pack up[inf.m.pl.,o.] for what say[pres.pl.m.2] ?
124So, in order to merge the expansion of “mine”, what do you say?
115मेरा बाबा . mērā bābā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . I[.kā] Baba .
125“My Baba.”
116जब भी मेरा मेरा आता तो मेरा बाबा में समेट लेते हो . jab bhī mērā mērā ātā tō mērā bābā mē̃ samēṭ lētē hō . jab bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā mē̃[postp.] samēṭnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . when too I[.kā] I[.kā] come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then I[.kā] Baba in pack up[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] .
126Whenever there is the consciousness of “mine”, you merge everything by saying, “My Baba”.
117और बार-बार मेरा बाबा कहने से याद भी सहज हो जाती है और प्राप्ति भी ज्यादा होती है . aur bār-bār mērā bābā kahnē sē yād bhī sahaj hō jātī hai aur prāpti bhī jyādā hōtī hai . aur bār[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] aur prāpti[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and time I[.kā] Baba say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from remembrance too easy be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] and attainment too more be[pres.sg.f.23] .
127And, by saying “My Baba” again and again, remembrance becomes easy and there is greater attainment.
118ऐसे ही सारे दिन में अगर किसी भी प्रकार की समस्या या कारण आता है , उसके यह दो शब्द विशेष हैं - मैं और मेरा . aisē hī sārē din mē̃ agar kisī bhī prakār key|kī samasyā yā kāraṇ ātā hai , uskē yah dō śhabda viśhēṣh haĩ - maĩ aur mērā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] agar kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] yā kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur maĩ[pn.sg.kā] . such only the whole day in if (some|anything) too form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) problem or because come[pres.sg.m.23] , of that[.kē] this (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word special be[pres.pl.12hon3] - I and I[.kā] .
128In the same way, when any type of problem or reason comes throughout the day, the reason for that particularly are these two words: “I” and “mine”.
119तो जैसे बाबा शब्द कहते ही मेरा शब्द पक्का याद हो गया है . tō jaisē bābā śhabda kahtē hī mērā śhabda pakkā yād hō gayā hai . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then like Baba word say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only I[.kā] word firm remembrance be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
129So, by saying “Baba”, the word “my” has become pukka (firm).
120हो गया है ना ? hō gayā hai nā ? hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā ? be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ ?
130It has become pukka, has it not?
121सभी अभी बाबा बाबा नहीं कहते , मेरा बाबा कहते हैं . sabhī abhī bābā bābā nahī̃ kahtē , mērā bābā kahtē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] bābā bābā nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all now Baba Baba not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , I[.kā] Baba say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
131Now, all of you don’t say, “Baba, Baba”; you say “My Baba”.
122ऐसे ही यह जो मैं शब्द है , इसको भी परिवर्तन करने के लिए जब भी मैं शब्द बोलो तो अपने स्वमान की लिस्ट सामने लाओ . aisē hī yah jō maĩ śhabda hai , iskō bhī parivartan karnē kē liē jab bhī maĩ śhabda bōlō tō apnē svamān key|kī list sāmnē lāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] jab bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] list sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such only this that I word be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kō] too transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for when too I word speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then one’s own self-respect (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) list x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
132In the same way, in order to transform the word “I”, whenever you say the word “I”, bring in front of you the list of your self-respect.
123मैं कौन ? maĩ kaun ? maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? I who ?
133Who am I?
124क्योंकि मैं शब्द गिराने के निमित्त भी बनता और मैं शब्द स्वमान की स्मृति से ऊंचा भी उठाता है . kyōṅki maĩ śhabda girānē kē nimitt bhī bantā aur maĩ śhabda svamān key|kī smr̥iti sē ūñchā bhī uṭhātā hai . kyōṅki maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] girānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bhī[p.] bannā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] svamān[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.sg.m.23] . because I word x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x too become[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and I word self-respect (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) awareness from elevated too uplift[pres.sg.m.23] .
134The word “I” can be instrumental in making you fall, but with the awareness of your self-respect the word “I” can also elevate you.
125तो जैसे मेरा बाबा का अभ्यास हो गया है , ऐसे ही मैं शब्द को बॉडीकान्सेसनेस की स्मृति के बजाए अपने श्रेष्ठ स्वमान को सामने लाओ . tō jaisē mērā bābā kā abhyās hō gayā hai , aisē hī maĩ śhabda kō bôḍīkānsēsanēs key|kī smr̥iti kē bajāē apnē śhrēṣhṭh svamān kō sāmnē lāō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kē bajāē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then like I[.kā] Baba of practice be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , such only I word to x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) awareness instead of one’s own elevated self-respect to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
135So, just as you have developed the practice of “My Baba”, in the same way, for the word “I”, instead of having the awareness of body consciousness, bring your elevated self-respect in front of you: I am an elevated soul.
126मैं श्रेष्ठ आत्मा हूँ , तख्तनशीन आत्मा हूँ , विश्व कल्याणी आत्मा हूँ , ऐसे कोई न कोई स्वमान मैं से जोड़ लो . maĩ śhrēṣhṭh ātmā hū̃ , takhtnaśhīn ātmā hū̃ , viśhva kalyāṇī ātmā hū̃ , aisē kōī na kōī svamān maĩ sē jōṛ lō . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , takhtnaśhīn[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī na kōī[x] svamān[x] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sē[postp.] jōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . I elevated soul be[pres.sg.1] , seated on the throne soul be[pres.sg.1] , world benefactor soul be[pres.sg.1] , such one .. or another self-respect I from connect[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
136I am a soul seated on the throne. 137I am a world-benefactor soul. 138In this way, connect one or another point of self-respect with the word “I”.
127तो मैं शब्द उन्नति का साधन हो जाए . tō maĩ śhabda unnati kā sādhan hō jāē . tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then I word self-progress of facilities be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . 128जैसे मेरा शब्द अभी मैजारिटी बाबा शब्द याद दिलाता है क्योंकि समय प्रकृति द्वारा अपनी चैलेन्ज कर रहा है . jaisē mērā śhabda abhī majority bābā śhabda yād dilātā hai kyōṅki samay prakr̥iti dvārā apnī challenge kar rahā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] majority bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād dilānā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prakr̥iti[x] dvārā apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] challenge karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . like I[.kā] word now majority Baba word remind because time matter through one’s own challenge do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
139Then the word “I” will become a means of progress, just as, for the majority, the word “my” reminds you of the word “Baba” because time is now challenging you through matter.
129समय की समीपता को कामन बात नहीं समझो . samay key|kī samīpatā kō common bāt nahī̃ samjhō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] common bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) closeness to x matter not understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
140Do not consider the closeness of time to be something common.
130अचानक और एवररेडी शब्द को अपने कर्मयोगी जीवन में हर समय स्मृति में रखो . achānak aur ever ready śhabda kō apnē karmayōgī jīvan mē̃ har|her samay smr̥iti mē̃ rakhō . achānak aur ever ready śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karmyōgī[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . suddenly and ever-ready word to one’s own karma yogi life in (x[root]|x) time awareness in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
141In your karma yogi life, keep the words suddenly and ever-ready in your awareness at every moment.
131अपने शान्ति की शक्ति का स्वयं प्रति भी भिन्न-भिन्न रूप से प्रयोग करो . apnē śhānti key|kī śhakti kā svayã prati bhī bhinn-bhinn rūp sē prayōg karō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svayã prati bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti of x for too different Rup from experiment do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
142Experiment in different ways on yourself with your power of peace, just as science continues to have so many new experiments.
132जैसे साइन्स अपना नया-नया प्रयोग करती रहती है . jaisē science apnā nayā-nayā prayōg kartī rahtī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . like science (one’s own|adopt[root]) new experiment do[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . 133जितना स्व के प्रति प्रयोग करने की प्रैक्टिस करते रहेंगे उतना ही औरों प्रति भी शान्ति की शक्ति का प्रयोग होता रहेगा . jitnā sva kē prati prayōg karnē key|kī practice kartē rahē̃gē utnā hī aurō̃ prati bhī śhānti key|kī śhakti kā prayōg hōtā rahēgā . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sva kē prati[x] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] practice karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] aurō̃ prati bhī[p.] śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . the more x for experiment do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) practice do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] x only others for too peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti of experiment be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
143The more you continue to practise experimenting with the self, the more you will continue to practise experimenting on others with the power of peace.
134अभी विशेष अपने शक्तियों की सकाश चारों ओर फैलाओ . abhī viśhēṣh apnē śhaktiyō̃ key|kī sakāśh chārō̃ ōr phailāō . ab[adv.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now special one’s own Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sakaash everywhere spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
144Now, especially spread the current (sakaash) of your powers everywhere.
135जब आपकी प्रकृति सूर्य की शक्ति , सूर्य की किरणें अपना कार्य कितने रूप से कर रहा है . jab āpkī prakr̥iti sūrya key|kī śhakti , sūrya key|kī kiraṇē̃ apnā kārya kitnē rūp sē kar rahā hai . jab āp[pn.pl.kī] prakr̥iti[x] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . when you[.kī] matter sun (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti , sun (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ray (one’s own|adopt[root]) task so Rup from do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . 136पानी बरसाता भी है , पानी सुखाता भी है . pānī barsātā bhī hai , pānī sukhātā bhī hai . pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] barsānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] sukhānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (water|x[inf.f.]) x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , (water|x[inf.f.]) dry[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] .
145Your matter, the power of the sun and the rays of the sun are carrying out their work in so many ways – they bring rain and also dry up the water.
137दिन से रात , रात से दिन करके दिखाता है . din sē rāt , rāt sē din karkē dikhātā hai . din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] , rāt[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.sg.m.23] . day from night , night from day do[abs.] x[pres.sg.m.23] .
146It demonstrates this by changing day into night and night into day.
138तो क्या आप अपने शक्तियों की सकाश वायुमण्डल में नहीं फैला सकते ? tō kyā āp apnē śhaktiyō̃ key|kī sakāśh vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ nahī̃ phailā saktē ? tō kyā āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] phailnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|phailānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? then what you one’s own Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sakaash atmosphere in not (spread[past-part.m.sg.d.]|spread[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
147So, can you not spread the current of your powers into the atmosphere?
139आत्माओं को अपनी शक्तियों की सकाश से दुःख अशान्ति से नहीं छुड़ा सकते ! ātmāō̃ kō apnī śhaktiyō̃ key|kī sakāśh sē duḥkh aśhānti sē nahī̃ chhuṛā saktē ! ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] chhuṛānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ! soul to one’s own Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sakaash from (hurt[root]|sorrow) peacelessness from not free[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] !
148With the current of your powers, can you not liberate souls from their sorrow and peacelessness?
140ज्ञान सूर्य स्वरूप को इमर्ज करो . gyān sūrya svarūp kō emerge karō . gyān sūrya[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Sun of Knowledge form to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
149Make your form of a sun of knowledge emerge.
141किरणें फैलाओ , सकाश फैलाओ . kiraṇē̃ phailāō , sakāśh phailāō . kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ray spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sakaash spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
150Spread the rays; spread that current.
142जैसे स्थापना के आदिकाल में बापदादा के तरफ से अनेक आत्माओं को सुख-शान्ति की सकाश मिलने का घर बैठे अनुभव हुआ . jaisē sthāpanā K|kē ādikāl mē̃ bāpdādā K|kē taraph sē anēk ātmāō̃ kō sukh-śhānti key|kī sakāśh milnē kā ghar baiṭhē anubhav huā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sukh-śhānti[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . like establishment (K|of) beginning in BapDada (K|of) direction from many soul to happiness and peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sakaash receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) experience be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
151At the beginning of establishment many souls experienced, while sitting at home, receiving a current of happiness and peace from BapDada. 152They received the thought: Go there!
143संकल्प मिला जाओ . saṅkalp milā jāō . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā]|milnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive] . thought (x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā]|receive[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive]) . 144ऐसे अब आप मास्टर ज्ञान सूर्य बच्चों द्वारा सुख-शान्ति की लहर फैलाने की अनुभूति होनी चाहिए . aisē ab āp master gyān sūrya bachchō̃ dvārā sukh-śhānti key|kī lahar phailānē key|kī anubhūti hōnī chāhiē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] master gyān sūrya[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā sukh-śhānti[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] . such now you master Sun of Knowledge child through happiness and peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) wave spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) experience be[.oblig3] .
153In the same way, now, through you children, you master suns of knowledge, there should be the experience of waves of happiness and peace being spread.
145लेकिन वह तब होगी , इसका साधन है मन की एकाग्रता . lēkin vah tab hōgī , iskā sādhan hai man key|kī ēkāgratā . lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] tab hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.kā] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ēkāgratā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . but that for only then be[fut.f.sg.23] , this[.kā] facilities be[pres.sg.23] mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) concentration .
154However, the method for that is concentration of the mind, concentration in remembrance.
146याद की एकाग्रता . yād kī ēkāgratā . yād karnā[past-part.f.] ēkāgratā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . remember concentration .
155Only then will it happen.
147एकाग्रता की शक्ति को स्वयं में बढ़ाओ . ēkāgratā kī śhakti kō svayã mē̃ baṛhāō . ēkāgratā kī śhakti[x] kō[postp.] svayã mē̃[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . power of concentration to x in increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
156Increase the power of concentration in yourself.
148जब चाहो जैसे चाहो जब तक चाहो तब तक मन को एकाग्र कर सको . jab chāhō jaisē chāhō jab tak chāhō tab tak man kō ēkāgr kar sakō . jab chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jab tak[x] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tab tak[x] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēkāgr[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] . when x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] like x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] as long as x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x mind to concentrated do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] .
157You should be able to concentrate your mind whenever you want, however you want, for however long you want.
149अभी मास्टर ज्ञान सूर्य के स्वरूप को इमर्ज करो और शक्तियों की किरणें , सकाश फैलाओ . abhī master gyān sūrya K|kē svarūp kō emerge karō aur śhaktiyō̃ key|kī kiraṇē̃ , sakāśh phailāō . ab[adv.hī] master gyān sūrya[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now master Sun of Knowledge (K|of) form to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ray , sakaash spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 150बापदादा ने सुना और खुश है कि बच्चे सेवा के उमंग-उत्साह में जगह-जगह पर सेवा अच्छी कर रहे हैं , बापदादा के पास सेवा के समाचार सब तरफ के अच्छे अच्छे पहुंचे हैं , चाहे प्रदर्शनी करते हैं , चाहे समाचार पत्रों द्वारा , टी . वी . द्वारा सन्देश देने का कार्य बढ़ाते जाते हैं . bāpdādā nē sunā aur khuśh hai ki bachchē sēvā K|kē umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ jagah-jagah par sēvā achchhī kar rahē haĩ , bāpdādā kē pās sēvā K|kē samāchār sab taraph K|kē achchhē achchhē pahuñchē haĩ , chāhē pradarśhanī kartē haĩ , chāhē samāchār patrō̃ dvārā , T . V|we . dvārā sandēśh dēnē kā kārya baṛhātē jātē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] aur khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bāpdādā kē pās[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] patra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā , T . V|we . dvārā sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) and happy be[pres.sg.23] that child service (K|of) zeal and enthusiasm in x (at|other) service achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , BapDada to service (K|of) news all direction (K|of) achcha achcha reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) exhibition do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) news x through , x . (x) . through message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of task increase[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
158Now, make your form of a master sun of knowledge emerge, and spread the rays of the powers and the current. 159BapDada has heard, and is pleased, that children are doing very good service in different places with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm.
151सन्देश भी पहुंचता है , सन्देश अच्छा पहुंचा रहे हो . sandēśh bhī pahuñchtā hai , sandēśh achchhā pahuñchā rahē hō . sandēśh[x] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] , sandēśh[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+rahnā] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . message too reach[pres.sg.m.23] , message achcha reach[opt.sg.23.past-part+rahnā] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
160BapDada has received very good service news from everywhere.
152गांव में भी जहाँ रहा हुआ है , हर एक जोन अच्छा अपनी अपनी एरिया को बढ़ा रहा है . gānv mē̃ bhī jahā̃ rahā huā hai , har ēk zone achchhā apnī apnī area kō baṛhā rahā hai . gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jahā̃ rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , har ēk[x] zone achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] area kō[postp.] baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|baṛhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . village in too where there (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , each one zone achcha one’s own one’s own x to (grow[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|increase[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
161Whether through the exhibitions, newsletters or the TV, you are continuing to move forward in the task of giving the message.
153अखबारों द्वारा टी . वी . द्वारा भिन्न भिन्न साधनों द्वारा उमंग उत्साह से कर रहे हो . akhbārō̃ dvārā T . V|we . dvārā bhinn bhinn sādhanō̃ dvārā umaṅg utsāh sē kar rahē hō . akhbār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā T . V|we . dvārā bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . newspaper through x . (x) . through different different facilities through zeal enthusiasm from do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . 154उसकी सब करने वाले बच्चों को बापदादा बहुत स्नेहयुक्त दुआओं भरी मुबारक दे रहे हैं . uskī sab karnē vālē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā bahut snēhayukta duāō̃ bharī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.kī] sab[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā bahut x duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] bharī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bharnā[past-part.f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that[.kī] all do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to BapDada very x blessing (x|fill[past-part.f.]) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
162The message reaches them; you are doing very well in giving the message. 163In the villages that still remain too, each zone is increasing that service in its own area. 164Through newspapers, TV and with various other methods, you are doing it with zeal and enthusiasm.
155लेकिन अभी सन्देश देने में तो अच्छा उमंग-उत्साह है और चारों ओर ब्रह्माकुमारीज क्या है , बहुत अच्छा शक्तिशाली कार्य कर रही हैं , यह भी आवाज अच्छा फैल रहा है और बढ़ता जा रहा है . lēkin abhī sandēśh dēnē mē̃ tō achchhā umaṅg-utsāh hai aur chārō̃ ōr brahmakumaris kyā hai , bahut achchhā śhaktiśhālī kārya kar rahī haĩ , yah bhī āvāj achchhā phail rahā hai aur baṛhtā jā rahā hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur chārō̃ ōr[x] brahmākumārī kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur baṛhnā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but now message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then achcha zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] and everywhere Brahma Kumari what be[pres.sg.23] , very achcha powerful task do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , this too noise achcha spread[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and grow[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 156लेकिन , लेकिन सुनायें क्या ? lēkin , lēkin sunāyē̃ kyā ? lēkin , lēkin sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyā ? but , but speak[opt.pl.12hon3] what ?
165BapDada is giving lots of loving congratulations filled with blessings to all the children who are doing that. 166Now, there is very good zeal and enthusiasm for giving the message, and the sound of who the Brahma Kumaris are, and that they are carrying out a very powerful task is spreading everywhere very well and it is increasing. 167But..
157सुनायें लेकिन … लेकिन ब्रह्माकुमारियों का बाबा कितना अच्छा है , वह आवाज अभी बढ़ना चाहिए . sunāyē̃ lēkin … lēkin brahmākumāriyō̃ kā bābā kitnā achchhā hai , vah āvāj abhī baṛhnā chāhiē . sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin … lēkin brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] baṛhnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|baṛhnā[.oblig3] . speak[opt.pl.12hon3] but … but Brahma Kumari of Baba so achcha be[pres.sg.23] , that noise now (grow[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|grow[.oblig3]) .
168Should Baba tell you what? 169Now, the sound that should increase is, “The Baba of the Brahma Kumaris is so good!”
158ब्रह्माकुमारियां अच्छा काम कर रही हैं लेकिन कराने वाला कौन हैं , अभी यह प्रत्यक्षता आनी चाहिए . brahmākumāriyā̃ achchhā kām kar rahī haĩ lēkin karānē vālā kaun haĩ , abhī yah pratyakṣhatā ānī chāhiē . brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] lēkin karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[.oblig3] . Brahma Kumari achcha (task|lust) do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] but make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now this revelation come[.oblig3] .
170The Brahma Kumaris are doing good work, but there should now be the revelation of who is making them do it.
159बाप आया है , यह समाचार मन तक पहुंचना चाहिए . bāp āyā hai , yah samāchār man tak pahuñchnā chāhiē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak pahuñchnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|pahuñchnā[.oblig3] . father come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this news mind until (reach[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|reach[.oblig3]) .
171The news that the Father has come should reach their minds.
160इसका प्लैन बनाओ . iskā plan banāō . yah[pn.sg.kā] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kā] plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 161बापदादा से बच्चों ने प्रश्न पूछा कि वारिस या माइक किसको कहें ? bāpdādā sē bachchō̃ nē praśhna pūchhā ki vāris yā mike kiskō kahē̃ ? bāpdādā sē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā mike kaun[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? BapDada from child ∅ question ask[past-part.m.sg.d.] that heir or mike who[.kō] say[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
172Make a plan for this. 173Children asked BapDada a question: 174Whom would you call an heir or a mike?
162माइक निकले भी हैं , लेकिन बापदादा माइक अभी के समय अनुसार ऐसा चाहते हैं या आवश्यक है जिसके आवाज की महानता हो . mike nikalē bhī haĩ , lēkin bāpdādā mike abhī K|kē samay anusār aisā chāhtē haĩ yā āvaśhyak hai jiskē āvāj key|kī mahāntā hō . mike nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin bāpdādā mike ab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.kē] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mahāntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . mike (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but BapDada mike now (K|of) time according to such x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or x be[pres.sg.23] that[.kē] noise (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
175Mike souls have emerged. 176However, according to the present time, BapDada wants a mike and there is a need for such a mike, whose sound has that greatness.
163अगर साधारण बाबा शब्द बोल भी देते हैं , अच्छा करते हैं इतने तक भी लाया है , तो बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं लेकिन अभी ऐसे माइक चाहिए जिनके आवाज की भी लोगों तक वैल्यु हो . agar sādhāraṇ bābā śhabda bōl bhī dētē haĩ , achchhā kartē haĩ itnē tak bhī lāyā hai , tō bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ lēkin abhī aisē mike chāhiē jinkē āvāj key|kī bhī lōgō̃ tak value hō . agar sādhāraṇ[adj.] bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tak bhī[p.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] jō[pn.pl.kē] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] tak value hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . if ordinary Baba word (speak[root]|x) too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] such until too x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but now such mike (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) that[.kē] noise (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too people until Values (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
177When ordinary ones say the word “Baba”, that is good; at least you have reached that far. 178So, BapDada is congratulating you for that, but now such mikes whose sound is valued by people are needed.
164ऐसे प्रसिद्ध हो , प्रसिद्ध का मतलब यह नहीं कि श्रेष्ठ मर्तबे वाला हो लेकिन उसका आवाज सुनकर समझें कि यह कहने वाला जो कहता है , इसकी आवाज में वैल्यु है . aisē prasiddh hō , prasiddh kā matlab yah nahī̃ ki śhrēṣhṭh martabē vālā hō lēkin uskā āvāj sunkar samajhē̃ ki yah kahnē vālā jō kahtā hai , iskī āvāj mē̃ value hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , prasiddh[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] martabā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vah[pn.sg.kā] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[abs.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] value hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x of x this not that elevated status those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but that[.kā] noise listen[abs.] understand[opt.pl.12hon3] that this say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who that say[pres.sg.m.23] , this[.kī] noise in Values be[pres.sg.23] .
179They should be very famous. 180Famous does not mean that they have a high position, but when people hear their words people should understand that the one who is saying that has value in his words.
165अगर यह अनुभव से कहता है , तो उसकी वैल्यु हो . agar yah anubhav sē kahtā hai , tō uskī value hō . agar yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō vah[pn.sg.kī] value hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . if this experience from say[pres.sg.m.23] , then that[.kī] Values (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
181If that one is sharing from his experience, it will have value.
166जैसे माइक तो बहुत होते हैं लेकिन माइक भी कोई पावर वाला कितना होता है , कोई कितना होता है , ऐसे ही ऐसा माइक ढूंढो , जिसकी आवाज में शक्ति हो . jaisē mike tō bahut hōtē haĩ lēkin mike bhī kōī power vālā kitnā hōtā hai , kōī kitnā hōtā hai , aisē hī aisā mike ḍhūṇḍhō , jiskī āvāj mē̃ śhakti hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin mike bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] power vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike ḍhūṇḍhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.sg.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . like mike then very be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but mike too some power those who so be[pres.sg.m.23] , some so be[pres.sg.m.23] , such only such mike discover[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.kī] noise in Shakti (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
182There are many mikes, but some mikes have one level of power and others have a different level. 183In the same way, look for such a mike whose words have that power.
167उसकी आवाज को सुनकर समझ में आवे कि यह अनुभव करके आया है तो अवश्य कोई बात है लेकिन फिर भी वर्तमान समय हर जोन , हर वर्ग में माइक निकले जरूर हैं . uskī āvāj kō sunkar samajh mē̃ āvē ki yah anubhav karkē āyā hai tō avaśhya kōī bāt hai lēkin phir bhī vartamān samay har|her zone , har|her varg mē̃ mike nikalē jarūr haĩ . vah[pn.sg.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sunnā[abs.] samajhnā[root]|samajh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō avaśhya kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin phir bhī[x] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her zone , harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mike nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] zarūr hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that[.kī] noise to listen[abs.] (understand[root]|understanding) in come[opt.sg.23] that this experience do[abs.] come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then x some matter be[pres.sg.23] but nevertheless present time (x[root]|x) zone , (x[root]|x) profession in mike (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) definitely be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
184Hearing his words, people should understand that he has come having experienced it and so there must definitely be something there. 185However, at the present time, mike souls have definitely emerged in every zone and in every wing.
168बापदादा यह नहीं कहते कि सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष रिजल्ट नहीं निकली है , निकली है . bāpdādā yah nahī̃ kahtē ki sēvā kā pratyakṣha result nahī̃ nikalī hai , nikalī hai . bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] result nahī̃[neg] nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada this not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that service of visible result not be extracted[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , be extracted[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
186BapDada is not saying that there hasn’t been a visible result of service.
169लेकिन अभी समय कम है और सेवा के महत्व वाली आत्मायें अभी निमित्त बनानी पड़ेंगी . lēkin abhī samay cum|kam hai aur sēvā K|kē mahatva vālī ātmāyē̃ abhī nimitt banānī paṛē̃gī . lēkin ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.oblig2] . but now time (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] and service (K|of) importance those who soul now instrument create[fut.f.pl.12hon3.oblig2] . 170जिसके आवाज की वैल्यु हो . jiskē āvāj key|kī value hō . jō[pn.sg.kē] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] value hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that[.kē] noise (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Values (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
187There has been that result, but time is now short and you will have to make instruments those souls who have the importance of service and whose sound has that value.
171मर्तबा भले नहीं हो लेकिन उनकी प्रैक्टिकल लाइफ और प्रैक्टिकल अनुभव की अथॉरिटी हो . martabā bhalē nahī̃ hō lēkin unkī practical life aur practical anubhav key|kī authority hō . martabā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vah[pn.pl.kī] practical life[x] aur practical anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . status benefit not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but that[.kī] life in a practical way and practical experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
188They may not have a status, but their practical life should be that of an authority of practical experience.
172उनके बोल में अनुभव की अथॉरिटी हो . unkē bōl mē̃ anubhav key|kī authority hō . vah[pn.pl.kē] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that[.kē] (speak[root]|x) in experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
189Their words should have the authority of experience.
173समझा कैसा माइक चाहिए ? samjhā kaisā mike chāhiē ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) how mike (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
190Do you understand what type of mike is needed?
174वारिस को तो जानते ही हो . vāris kō tō jāntē hī hō . vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . heir to then know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 175जिसके हर श्वांस में , हर कदम में बाप और कर्तव्य और साथ-साथ मन-वचन-कर्म , तन-मन-धन सबमें बाबा और यज्ञ समाया हुआ हो . jiskē har|her śhvāṅs mē̃ , har|her kadam mē̃ bāp aur kartavya aur sāth-sāth man-vachan-karma , tan-man-dhan sabmē̃ bābā aur yagya samāyā huā hō . jō[pn.sg.kē] harnā[root]|har|her śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sāth-sāth man-vachan-karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tan-man-dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabmē̃ bābā aur yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[x] . that[.kē] (x[root]|x) breathing in , (x[root]|x) step in father and activity and x thoughts, words and deeds , body, mind and wealth x Baba and sacrificial fire merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[x] .
191You know about heirs anyway: those who have the Father and His task in their every breath and in their every step. 192Together with that, in their thoughts, words and deeds, body, mind and wealth, they only have Baba and the yagya merged in them.
176बेहद की सेवा समाई हुई हो . bēhad key|kī sēvā samāī huī hō . bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] samānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] . unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service merge[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.pl.f.2] .
193Unlimited service should be merged in them.
177सकाश ने की समर्थी हो . sakāśh nē key|kī samarthī hō . sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] samarthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . sakaash ∅ (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) power (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
194They should have the power of giving a current.
178अच्छा - अभी किसका टर्न है ? achchhā - abhī kiskā turn hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.sg.kā] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha - now who[.kā] you be[pres.sg.23] ?
195Achcha.Now, whose turn is it?
179तामिलनाडु , ईस्टर्न और नेपाल : तो पहले कौन ? tāmilnāḍu , eastern aur nēpāl : tō pahlē kaun ? x , eastern aur nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] : tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? x , x and x : then (x|firstly) who ?
196It is the turn of Tamil Nadu, Eastern Zone and Nepal. 197Who is first?
180निमित्त बंगाल , बंगाल वाले उठो . nimitt baṅgāl , baṅgāl vālē uṭhō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . instrument Bengal , Bengal those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 181अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
198The instruments are those from Bengal. 199Those from Bengal, stand up.
182बंगाल वालों ने सेवा का चांस लिया है . baṅgāl vālō̃ nē sēvā kā chance liyā hai . baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Bengal those who ∅ service of chance take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
200Those from Bengal have taken the chance for service.
183तो इन थोड़े दिनों में अपने आपको देखा कि कर्मणा सेवा द्वारा यज्ञ सेवा के महत्व को जान , अपने अन्दर यज्ञ सेवा का पुण्य का खाता कितना जमा किया ? tō in thōṛē dinō̃ mē̃ apnē āpkō dēkhā ki karmaṇā sēvā dvārā yagya sēvā K|kē mahatva kō jān , apnē andar yagya sēvā kā puṇya kā khātā kitnā jamā kiyā ? tō in|yah[pn.pl.o.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] karmaṇā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya kā khātā[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then (in|this) short day in one’s own you[.kō] see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that x service through sacrificial fire service (K|of) importance to (know[root]|x) , one’s own inside sacrificial fire service of accounts of charity so accumulate ?
201In service, did you see yourself these few days? 202That, through service, through actions, knowing the importance of yagya-service, how much you accumulated in your account of charity by serving the yagya?
184सेवा तो वहाँ भी करते रहते हो लेकिन यज्ञ सेवा का महत्व अपना है . sēvā tō vahā̃ bhī kartē rahtē hō lēkin yagya sēvā kā mahatva apnā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō vahā̃ bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service then there too do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] but sacrificial fire service of importance (one’s own|adopt[root]) be[pres.sg.23] .
203You do service there too (at home), but the importance of doing service of the yagya is its own. 204You did double service.
185तो डबल सेवा की , एक कर्मणा सेवा की और दूसरी सेवा से वायुमण्डल शक्तिशाली बनाया , सन्तुष्ट करने का बनाया , उसका भी डबल पुण्य यज्ञ सेवा का प्रत्यक्षफल भी खाया , खुशी हुई ना . tō double sēvā key|kī , ēk karmaṇā sēvā key|kī aur dūsrī sēvā sē vāyumaṇḍal śhaktiśhālī banāyā , santuṣhṭ karnē kā banāyā , uskā bhī double puṇya yagya sēvā kā pratyakṣhaphal bhī khāyā , khuśhī huī nā . tō double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , ēk[adj.] karmaṇā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] double puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] nā . then double service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , one x service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) and other service from atmosphere powerful create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , content do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that[.kā] too double charity sacrificial fire service of x too eat[past-part.m.sg.d.] , happiness be[past-part.f.] ∅ .
205You served through your actions and, secondly, through service, you made the atmosphere powerful. 206You created an atmosphere of making everyone content. 207Therefore, you received double charity for that too; you ate the practical fruit of serving the yagya; you experienced happiness, did you not?
186खुश रहे ना बहुत सभी . khuśh rahē nā bahut sabhī . khuśh[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] nā bahut sab[adv.hī] . happy (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) ∅ very all .
208All of you remained very happy, did you not?
187तो खुशी का प्रत्यक्षफल भी मिला और भविष्य भी जमा हुआ , डबल प्राप्ति की . tō khuśhī kā pratyakṣhaphal bhī milā aur bhaviṣhya bhī jamā huā , double prāpti key|kī . tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] bhī[p.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , double prāpti[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . then happiness of x too (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) and future too (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , double attainment (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
209You received the practical fruit of happiness and you also accumulated for the future. 210So you had double attainment.
188क्योंकि सब देख करके खुश होते हैं कि कितनी निर्विघ्न सेवा हो रही है . kyōṅki sab dēkh karkē khuśh hōtē haĩ ki kitnī nirvighna sēvā hō rahī hai . kyōṅki sab[adj.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nirvighna[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . because all see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that so free from obstacles service be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
211Everyone becomes happy when they see how service is taking place without any obstacles.
189कितने स्नेह से सेवा हो रही है . kitnē snēh sē sēvā hō rahī hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . so love from service be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
212They see how service is taking place with so much love.
190यह वायुमण्डल फैलाना वा निमित्त बनना इसका भी बड़ा पुण्य मिलता है . yah vāyumaṇḍal phailānā vā nimitt bannā iskā bhī baṛā puṇya miltā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailānā[inf.m.sg.d.] vā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this atmosphere spread[inf.m.sg.d.] or instrument become[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kā] too very charity receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
213You receive great charity by spreading this atmosphere and of being an instrument.
191तो जिसको भी चांस मिलता है वह यही समझे विशेष पुण्य का खाता जमा करने का चांस मिलाहै . tō jiskō bhī chance miltā hai vah yahī samajhē viśhēṣh puṇya kā khātā jamā karnē kā chance milāhai . tō jō[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|samajhnā[opt.sg.23] viśhēṣh[adj.] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance x . then that[.kō] too chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] that this (understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|understand[opt.sg.23]) special accounts of charity (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance x .
214So, whoever takes this chance should think that they have received a chance specially to accumulate in their account of charity.
192तो जमा किया ? tō jamā kiyā ? tō jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then accumulate ?
215So, did you accumulate?
193हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
216Wave your hands.
194वर्तमान भी जमा भविष्य में भी जमा . vartamān bhī jamā bhaviṣhya mē̃ bhī jamā . vartamān[adj.] bhī[p.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] . present too (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) future in too (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) .
217You accumulated for the present and also for the future.
195यह साधन है डबल फल प्राप्त करने का . yah sādhan hai double phal prāpt karnē kā . yah[pn.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] double phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this facilities be[pres.sg.23] double fruit reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
218This is a way of receiving double fruit.
196अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
219It is good.
197तो बंगाल वालों ने कोई नवीनता दिखाई ? tō baṅgāl vālō̃ nē kōī navīntā dikhāī ? tō baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ? then Bengal those who ∅ some newness (x[past-part.f.]|x) ?
220Have those from Bengal shown some newness?
198कोई नया कार्य किया है ? kōī nayā kārya kiyā hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? some new task do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
221Have you carried out a new task?
199कोई इन्वेन्शन की है ? kōī invention kī hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] invention karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? some invention do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
222Have you created any inventions?
200की है ? kī hai ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
223Have you?
201क्योंकि बंगाल में बाप की पधरामणी हुई है , प्रवेशता हुई है . kyōṅki baṅgāl mē̃ bāp key|kī padhrāmaṇī huī hai , pravēśhtā huī hai . kyōṅki baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] padhrāmaṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , pravēśh[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . because Bengal in father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , entry be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
224Baba first came in Bengal; it was here that Baba entered Brahma.
202तो नया कार्य करना है ना ! tō nayā kārya karnā hai nā ! tō nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! then new task do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
225So, you have to carry out a new task, do you not?
203कोई नई इन्वेन्शन निकालो , बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा कि अभी यह जो सेवा कर रहे हो , अच्छी कर रहे हो , बापदादा ने मुबारक दी लेकिन अभी कुछ नया निकालो . kōī naī invention nikālō , bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā ki abhī yah jō sēvā kar rahē hō , achchhī kar rahē hō , bāpdādā nē mubārak the|dī lēkin abhī kuchh nayā nikālō . kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] kuchh nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some new invention x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that now this that service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , BapDada ∅ congratulations (the|give[past-part.f.]) but now anything new x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
226Create a new invention. 227BapDada has told you earlier too, that you are doing the service that you are doing now very well. 228BapDada has congratulated you for that, but now, do something new.
204किसी भी जोन ने नया कोई प्लैन बनाया है ? kisī bhī zone nē nayā kōī plan banāyā hai ? kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] zone nē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? (some|anything) too zone ∅ new some plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
229Has any zone created a new plan ?
205किसी ने भी ? kisī nē bhī ? kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] ? (some|anything) ∅ too ?
230Has anyone made a plan ?
206कि वही रिपीट कर रहे हैं ? ki vahī repeat kar rahē haĩ ? ki[conj.] vahī repeat karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? that this repeat do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
231Or are you repeating the same thing?
207फारेन वालों ने कुछ नया निकाला ? foreign vālō̃ nē kuchh nayā nikālā ? foreign vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kuchh nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? abroad those who ∅ anything new x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
232Have those from the foreign lands created something new?
208सेवा का साधन कोई नया निकालो . sēvā kā sādhan kōī nayā nikālō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service of facilities some new x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
233Create a new method of service.
209जो चल रहे हैं वह तो अच्छा है लेकिन और अच्छा , कोई ने भी निकाला हो वह हाथ उठाओ . jō chal rahē haĩ vah tō achchhā hai lēkin aur achchhā , kōī nē bhī nikālā hō vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] nikālnā[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that then achcha be[pres.sg.23] but and achcha , some ∅ too x[x] that raise your hands .
234Whatever is continuing is fine, but if anyone has now created anything new, raise your hands.
210कोई ने नहीं निकाला है . kōī nē nahī̃ nikālā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . some ∅ not x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
235No one has invented anything.
211वर्गीकरण की सेवा भी अभी तो बहुत समय से चल रही है . vargīkaraṇ key|kī sēvā bhī abhī tō bahut samay sē chal rahī hai . vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] tō bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . serving the professions (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service too now then very time from continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
236The service of the different wings has also now been continuing for a long time.
212अभी कुछ तो नवीनता होनी चाहिए . abhī kuchh tō navīntā hōnī chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] kuchh tō navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] . now anything then newness be[.oblig3] .
237There should now be some newness.
213तो कौन , बंगाल निकालेगा ? tō kaun , baṅgāl nikālēgā ? tō kaun[pn.;d.] , baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then who , Bengal x[fut.m.sg.23] ?
238So, will Bengal do this? 239It is good.
214बाकी अच्छा है . bākī achchhā hai . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 215बापदादा को यह अच्छा लगता है कि हर जोन को चांस मिलता है . bāpdādā kō yah achchhā lagtā hai ki har|her zone kō chance miltā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her zone kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to this enjoy that (x[root]|x) zone to chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
240BapDada likes it that every zone is given a chance. 241Service is growing and BapDada receives that news.
216सेवा तो वृद्धि को पा रही है , यह तो बापदादा को समाचार मिलते हैं . sēvā tō vr̥iddhi kō pā rahī hai , yah tō bāpdādā kō samāchār miltē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . service then growth to x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , this then BapDada to news receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
242The number of centres is increasing. 243The number of students is increasing.
217सेन्टर बढ़ रहे हैं , स्टूडेन्टस भी बढ़ रहे हैं , यह तो है . centre baṛh rahē haĩ , students bhī baṛh rahē haĩ , yah tō hai . centre baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , student bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . centre grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , student too grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this then be[pres.sg.23] .
244However, create some new method in which there is less expense and it brings greater results.
218लेकिन कम खर्चा बालानशीन , ऐसा कोई नया साधन निकालो . lēkin cum|kam kharchā bālānaśhīn , aisā kōī nayā sādhan nikālō . lēkin cum|kam[adj.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bālānaśhīn[adj.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but (x|less) expenditure one who brings about greater glorification , such some new facilities x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
245Seeing the expansion in the Bengal (Eastern) zone, BapDada is pleased. 246Achcha.
219बाकी बापदादा बंगाल के जोन ( इस्टर्न जोन ) में वृद्धि को देख करके खुश है . bākī bāpdādā baṅgāl K|kē zone ( eastern zone ) mē̃ vr̥iddhi kō dēkh karkē khuśh hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone ( eastern zone ) mē̃[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) BapDada Bengal (K|of) zone ( x zone ) in growth to see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.sg.23] .
247So, you accumulated charity and this treasure of charity will go with you. 248You will not go empty-handed.
220अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 221तो पुण्य जमा किया और यह पुण्य की पूंजी साथ में जायेगी . tō puṇya jamā kiyā aur yah puṇya key|kī pūñjī sāth mē̃ jāyēgī . tō puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pūṅjī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . then charity accumulate and this charity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x with in go[fut.f.sg.23] .
249You will carry the treasure of charity with you. 250You can accumulate as much charity as you want.
222हाथ खाली नहीं जायेंगे . hāth khālī nahī̃ jāyēṅgē . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] khālī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . hand empty not go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
251You have had good courage.
223पुण्य की पूंजी साथ में ले जायेंगे . puṇya key|kī pūñjī sāth mē̃ lē jāyēṅgē . puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pūṅjī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . charity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x with in carry .
252The service companions of each area are good.
224जितना पुण्य जमा करने चाहो उतना कर सकते हो . jitnā puṇya jamā karnē chāhō utnā kar saktē hō . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . the more charity (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . 225बाकी हिम्मत अच्छी की है , हर एक एरिया के सेवासाथी अच्छे हैं . bākī himmat achchhī kī hai , har ēk area K|kē sēvāsāthī achchhē haĩ . bākī|bākī himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , har ēk[x] area K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (others|but) courage achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , each one x (K|of) x achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 226यज्ञ सेवा में पहुंच भी गये हैं और सफल भी किया है . yagya sēvā mē̃ pahuñch bhī gayē haĩ aur saphal bhī kiyā hai . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur saphal[adj.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . sacrificial fire service in reach[root] too go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and successful too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
253You have arrived here to serve the yagya and you have also used everything in a worthwhile way. 254In the Eastern zone there are many rivers together:
227ईस्टर्न में बहुत नदियां इकट्ठी है . eastern mē̃ bahut nadiyā̃ ikaṭṭhī hai . eastern mē̃[postp.] bahut nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x in very river together be[pres.sg.23] .
255Bengal, Bihar, Orissa, Nepal, Assam, Tamil Nadu.
228बंगाल , बिहार , उड़ीसा , आसाम , नेपाल , तामिलनाडु , आधी सभा है . baṅgāl , bihār , uṛīsā , āsām , nēpāl , tāmilnāḍu , ādhī sabhā hai . baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , x , nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x , ādhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bengal , Bihar , Orrisa , x , x , x , half court be[pres.sg.23] .
256It must be half the gathering (5000 sevadharis have come).
229इतने योग्य बनाया है , इसकी बहुत-बहुत बधाई हो . itnē yōgya banāyā hai , iskī bahut-bahut badhāī hō . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōgya[adj.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.kī] bahut badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such worthy create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this[.kī] very greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
257You have made so many worthy and so, many, many congratulations for that.
230देखो , टी . वी . में देखो कितने हैं . dēkhō , T . V|we . mē̃ dēkhō kitnē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , T . V|we . mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x . (x) . in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
258Look at the TV – there are so many!
231बहुत अच्छे अच्छे हैं . bahut achchhē achchhē haĩ . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very achcha achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
259There are many good ones.
232हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
260You can wave your hands.
233बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
261Very good.
234बापदादा को खुशी है कि यज्ञ सेवा से कितना प्यार है और कितने पहुंच गये हैं . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki yagya sēvā sē kitnā pyār hai aur kitnē pahuñch gayē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that sacrificial fire service from so love be[pres.sg.23] and so reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
262BapDada is pleased that you have so much love for service of the yagya and that so many have arrived here.
235अभी 5 ही नदियां मिलके कोई नया प्लैन बनाओ . abhī 5 hī nadiyā̃ milkē kōī nayā plan banāō . ab[adv.hī] 5 hī[p.] nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] milnā[abs.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now 5 only river receive[abs.] some new plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
263Now, all of you together, the five rivers together, should make a new plan .
236आवाज फैलाने का तो किया , अभी और कुछ करो . āvāj phailānē kā tō kiyā , abhī aur kuchh karō . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] aur kuchh[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . noise spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] of then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
264You did something to spread the sound, but now do something else.
237बाकी बापदादा को खुशी है , कि 5 ही तरफ की संख्या बहुत अच्छी आई है . bākī bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai , ki 5 hī taraph key|kī saṅkhyā bahut achchhī āī hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ki[conj.] 5 hī[p.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (others|but) BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] , that 5 only direction (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x very achcha come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
265BapDada is pleased that a good number has come from all five places.
238इतने यहाँ हैं , वहाँ कितने होंगे , इतनी वृद्धि की है , इसकी सब परिवार को भी खुशी है , बापदादा को भी खुशी है . itnē yahā̃ haĩ , vahā̃ kitnē hōṅgē , itnī vr̥iddhi kī hai , iskī sab parivār kō bhī khuśhī hai , bāpdādā kō bhī khuśhī hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vahā̃ kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.kī] sab[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such here be[pres.pl.12hon3] , there so be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , such growth do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this[.kī] all family to too happiness be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada to too happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
266So many have come here and so how many would be back at home. 267So, there is that much growth and the whole family is happy about this.
239तो अभी स्व परिवर्तन और सेवा में नवीनता इसकी प्राइज लेना . tō abhī sva parivartan aur sēvā mē̃ navīntā iskī prize lēnā . tō ab[adv.hī] sva parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.kī] prize lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then now x transformation and service in newness this[.kī] prize take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
268BapDada is also pleased about it. 269Now, claim a prize for self-transformation and newness in service.
240नम्बर लेंगे ना . number lē̃gē nā . number lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . number take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
270You will claim a number, will you not?
2415 हैं , और बड़े बड़े हैं छोटे नहीं हैं . 5 haĩ , aur baṛē baṛē haĩ chhōṭē nahī̃ haĩ . 5 hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . 5 be[pres.pl.12hon3] , and very very be[pres.pl.12hon3] small not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
271There are five, and these are all big states; they are not small.
242कमाल करके दिखाना . kamāl karkē dikhānā . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
272Show wonders.
243आपस में मीटिंग करके कोई नवीनता का प्लैन निकालो क्योंकि अभी कई आत्मायें ऐसी हैं जो सुनते हैं ना , मेला है , प्रदर्शनी है , यात्रायें हैं , कानफ्रेन्स है , तो वह समझते हैं यह तो हमने कर लिया है , देख लिया है . āpas mē̃ meeting karkē kōī navīntā kā plan nikālō kyōṅki abhī kaī ātmāyē̃ aisī haĩ jō suntē haĩ nā , mēlā hai , pradarśhanī hai , yātrāyē̃ haĩ , conference hai , tō vah samajhtē haĩ yah tō hamnē kar liyā hai , dēkh liyā hai . āpas mē̃[x] meeting karnā[abs.] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] kaī ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yātrā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , conference hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō ham[pn.pl.nē] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] , dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . with each other meeting do[abs.] some newness of plan x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because now some soul such be[pres.pl.12hon3] that listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , fair be[pres.sg.23] , exhibition be[pres.sg.23] , pilgrimage be[pres.pl.12hon3] , conference be[pres.sg.23] , then that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this then we[.nē] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] , see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .
273Have a meeting among yourselves and make a plan for some newness because many souls are now such that when they hear that there is to be a mela, an exhibition, a pilgrimage, or a conference, they feel that they have been there and seen it all. 274Therefore, now create some newness.
244इसलिए नवीनता निकालो . isliē navīntā nikālō . isliē navīntā[n.f.;sg.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore newness x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
275You had good courage.
245बाकी अच्छी हिम्मत रखी है . bākī achchhī himmat rakhī hai . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (others|but) achcha courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 246बाप की विशेष 5 ही को बहुत-बहुतदिल की दुआयें . bāp key|kī viśhēṣh 5 hī kō bahut-bahutadil key|kī duāyē̃ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] 5 hī[p.] kō[postp.] x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) special 5 only to x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing .
276Special blessings from the heart to all the five states from the Father. 277You also have a blessing.
247वरदान भी है , वरदान बतायें कौन सा है ? vardān bhī hai , vardān batāyē̃ kaun sā hai ? vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? blessing too be[pres.sg.23] , blessing tell[opt.pl.12hon3] which be[pres.sg.23] ?
278Should Baba tell you what blessing you have?
248अमरभव का वरदान है . amarbhav kā vardān hai . amarbhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . immortality of blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
279You have the blessing of being immortal.
249अमर हैं , अमर रहेंगे और बापदादा के साथ अमरलोक में चलेंगे . amar haĩ , amar rahē̃gē aur bāpdādā kē sāth amarlōk mē̃ chalē̃gē . amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , amar[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur bāpdādā kē sāth[x] amarlōk[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3] , immortal remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and BapDada with land of immortality in continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
280You are immortal and will remain immortal. 281And you will go to the land of immortality with BapDada.
250चलेंगे ना ! chalē̃gē nā ! chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ! 251पहले जन्म में आना . pahlē janm mē̃ ānā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . (x|firstly) (be born[root]|life) in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
282You will go with Baba, will you not?
252दूसरे तीसरे में नहीं आना . dūsrē tīsrē mē̃ nahī̃ ānā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . other third in not (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
283Come in the first birth.
253सभी को उमंग है ना . sabhī kō umaṅg hai nā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . all to zeal be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
284Do not come in the second or third one.
254पहले साथ चलेंगे अपने घर में फिर राज्य में जब आयेंगे तो पहले जन्म में आना . pahlē sāth chalē̃gē apnē ghar mē̃ phir rājya mē̃ jab āyēṅgē tō pahlē janm mē̃ ānā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . (x|firstly) with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] one’s own home in (then|turn[root]) kingdom in when come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then (x|firstly) (be born[root]|life) in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
285All of you have the enthusiasm to go home first with Baba. 286Then, when you come into the kingdom, come in the first birth.
255दूसरे तीसरे में मजा नहीं आयेगा . dūsrē tīsrē mē̃ majā nahī̃ āyēgā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . other third in pleasure not come[fut.m.sg.23] .
287You would not enjoy it in the second or third birth.
256पहले जन्म में कौन आयेंगे ? pahlē janm mē̃ kaun āyēṅgē ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? (x|firstly) (be born[root]|life) in who come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
288So, who will come in the first birth?
257सभी आयेंगे . sabhī āyēṅgē . sab[adv.hī] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . all come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
289Will all of you come?
258पहले जन्म की विधि का पता है ना ! pahlē janm key|kī vidhi kā patā hai nā ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! (x|firstly) (be born[root]|life) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
290You know the method for claiming the first number birth, do you not?
259विधि का पता है - जो पहला नम्बर चार ही सबजेक्ट में होंगे , एक सबजेक्ट भी कम नहीं . vidhi kā patā hai - jō pahlā number chār hī subject mē̃ hōṅgē , ēk subject bhī cum|kam nahī̃ . vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - jō[pn.;d.] pahlā number[x] chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] subject bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . method of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] - that x four only subject in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , one subject too (x|less) not . 260सब सबजेक्ट में पहला नम्बर . sab subject mē̃ pahlā number . sab[adj.] subject mē̃[postp.] pahlā number[x] . all subject in x . 261वह पहले जन्म में साथी बनेंगे . vah pahlē janm mē̃ sāthī banē̃gē . vah[pn.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that (x|firstly) (be born[root]|life) in companion become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 262हैं हिम्मत ? haĩ himmat ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] courage ?
291Those who are number one in all four subjects - not even one subject should be any less – those who claim number one in all four subjects will become companions in the first birth.
263कोई भी देखो स्थूल पढ़ाई में भी अगर एक सबजेक्ट में भी फेल होते हैं , कम मार्क्स लेते हैं तो वह नम्बरवन तो नहीं आता ना . kōī bhī dēkhō sthūl paṛhāī mē̃ bhī agar ēk subject mē̃ bhī fail hōtē haĩ , cum|kam marks lētē haĩ tō vah number one tō nahī̃ ātā nā . kōī bhī[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sthūl[adj.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] agar ēk[adj.] subject mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] fail hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , cum|kam[adj.] mark lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] number one tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nā . anyone see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] physical (study|teach[past-part.f.]) in too if one subject in too fail be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x|less) mark take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that number one then not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
292Do you have that much courage? 293In a worldly education too, if you fail even one subject, if you receive fewer marks, you don’t claim number one.
264तो वन जन्म में आना अर्थात् वन नम्बर में आना . tō one janm mē̃ ānā arthāt one number mē̃ ānā . tō one janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt one number mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . then one (be born[root]|life) in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) that is one number in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
294So, to claim a number one birth means to be number one.
265मंजूर है . mañjūr hai . mañjūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . agree be[pres.sg.23] .
295Do you accept this?
266अभी हाथ उठाओ . abhī hāth uṭhāō . ab[adv.hī] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now raise your hands .
296Now, raise your hands.
267सोचके हाथ उठाना . sōchkē hāth uṭhānā . sōchnā[abs.] hāth uṭhānā[x] . think[abs.] raise your hands .
297Raise your hand after considering it.
268अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
298It is good.
269अमर रहना और अमर बनाना . amar rahnā aur amar banānā . amar[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur amar[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . immortal remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and immortal create[inf.m.sg.d.] . 270अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
299Remain immortal and make others immortal.
271 ( तामिलनाडु जोन में 12 ज्योर्तिलिंगम् दिखा करके योग की अनुभूति करा रहे हैं , छोटे छोटे स्थानों में यह सेवा बहुत अच्छी तरह से हो रही है , इसमें खर्चा बहुत कम है ) सफलता है ? ( tāmilnāḍu zone mē̃ 12 jyōrtiliṅgam dikhā karkē yōg key|kī anubhūti karā rahē haĩ , chhōṭē chhōṭē sthānō̃ mē̃ yah sēvā bahut achchhī tarah sē hō rahī hai , ismē̃ kharchā bahut cum|kam hai ) saphaltā hai ? ( x zone mē̃[postp.] 12 jyōrtiliṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[root]|dikhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? ( x zone in 12 x (x[root]|seem[past-part.m.sg.d.]) do[abs.] yoga (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) experience make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , small small place in this service very achcha x from be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , this[.mē̃] expenditure very (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] ) success be[pres.sg.23] ?
300Achcha.(In the Tamil Nadu zone, they have created a method of service by giving an experience of yoga by showing the 12 places of a Jyotilingam. 301This type of service is taking place very well in the smaller places and it costs very little.)
272अच्छा है , मुबारक है . achchhā hai , mubārak hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
302Is it successful? 303It is good.
273यह भी देखो नई इन्वेन्शन की ना , ऐसे और भी कोई नई इन्वेन्शन करो और जगह जगह पर ट्रायल करके देखो कम खर्चा है और है भी शिव के प्रतिमा की यादगार . yah bhī dēkhō naī invention key|kī nā , aisē aur bhī kōī naī invention karō aur jagah jagah par trial karkē dēkhō cum|kam kharchā hai aur hai bhī śhiv K|kē pratimā key|kī yādgār . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur jagah[n.f.;sg.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] trial karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] cum|kam[adj.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] śhiv K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pratimā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yādgār[x] . this too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] new invention (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ∅ , such and too some new invention do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and x x (at|other) try do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|less) expenditure be[pres.sg.23] and be[pres.sg.23] too Shiva (K|of) form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) memorial .
304Congratulations. 305See, that too is a new invention. 306In the same way, create some more new inventions. 307Try this in different places.
274तो सबकी बुद्धि में एक बाप की यादगार रहेगी . tō sabkī buddhi mē̃ ēk bāp key|kī yādgār rahēgī . tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yādgār[x] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] . then everyone's intellect in one father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) memorial remain[fut.f.sg.23] .
308And it costs little. 309And it is the memorial of the image of Shiva.
275अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 276रिजल्ट तो ठीक है . result tō ṭhīk hai . result tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . result then OK be[pres.sg.23] . 277अभी और भी करके देखो . abhī aur bhī karkē dēkhō . ab[adv.hī] aur bhī[p.] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now and too do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
310So, there will be the memorial of the one Father in everyone’s intellect.
278अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
311The result is good.
279सभी को सुनाना क्लास में तो कैसे करते हैं , क्या होता है , अनुभव सुनाना . sabhī kō sunānā class mē̃ tō kaisē kartē haĩ , kyā hōtā hai , anubhav sunānā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] class mē̃[postp.] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all to speak[inf.m.sg.d.] class in then how do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , what be[pres.sg.m.23] , experience speak[inf.m.sg.d.] .
312Try it more and see. 313Tell everyone in the class how you did it and what you did and share your experience.
280बाकी अच्छा है . bākī achchhā hai . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
314It is good.
281बधाई हो . badhāī hō . badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
315Congratulations.
282अच्छा बिहार वालों ने कुछ किया है ? achchhā bihār vālō̃ nē kuchh kiyā hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kuchh karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? achcha Bihar those who ∅ anything do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
316Have those from Bihar done something?
283 ( बिहार में आई बहार इसका एक प्रोजेक्ट बनाया है , बिहार में जहाँ जहाँ सन्देश नहीं पहुंचा है , उसे इस वर्ष में पूरा करेंगे , हर महीने नया सेवाकेन्द्र खोलेंगे ) अच्छा किया क्योंकि बिहार में देखा गया है कि ज्यादा में ज्यादा सन्देश मिलना चाहिए . ( bihār mē̃ āī|eye|I bahār iskā ēk project banāyā hai , bihār mē̃ jahā̃ jahā̃ sandēśh nahī̃ pahuñchā hai , usē is varṣh mē̃ pūrā karē̃gē , har|her mahīnē nayā sēvākēndra khōlē̃gē ) achchhā kiyā kyōṅki bihār mē̃ dēkhā gayā hai ki jyādā mē̃ jyādā sandēśh milnā chāhiē . ( bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I bahār[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] project banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ jahā̃ sandēśh[x] nahī̃[neg] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pūrā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , harnā[root]|har|her mahīnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] sandēśh[x] milnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|milnā[.oblig3] . ( Bihar in (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) spring this[.kā] one project create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , Bihar in where there where there message not reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] this year in make full , (x[root]|x) x new centre open[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] because Bihar in (see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) that at the most message (receive[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|receive[.oblig3]) .
317(In Bihar, we have created a new project “Spring (Bahaar) has come in Bihar.” 318Wherever the message has not yet reached in Bihar, we will accomplish that this year. 319We will open a new centre every month.) 320You have done well because it has been seen that, in Bihar, the maximum number of people should receive the message.
284प्रोग्राम बनाया है , यह उमंग उत्साह की मुबारक . programme banāyā hai , yah umaṅg utsāh key|kī mubārak . programme banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . programme create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this zeal enthusiasm (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations .
321Congratulations for having the zeal and enthusiasm for having made a programme .
285अभी बहार आयेगी ना . abhī bahār āyēgī nā . ab[adv.hī] bahār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . now spring come[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .
322Now, Spring will come, will it not?
286तो बहार को सब देखेंगे , मजा लेंगे ना बहार का . tō bahār kō sab dēkhē̃gē , majā lē̃gē nā bahār kā . tō bahār[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sab[adj.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā bahār[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . then spring to all see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , pleasure take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ spring of .
323So, everyone will see the Spring and take pleasure from it, will they not?
287अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
324Achcha.
288सेवा का तो सब जो भी कर रहे हैं , हर जोन में कोई न कोई सेवा हो रही है , हर वर्ग भी कर रहा है , सेवा का उमंग उत्साह अच्छा है और अच्छा रहना चाहिए . sēvā kā tō sab jō bhī kar rahē haĩ , har|her zone mē̃ kōī na kōī sēvā hō rahī hai , har|her varg bhī kar rahā hai , sēvā kā umaṅg utsāh achchhā hai aur achchhā rahnā chāhiē . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō sab[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , harnā[root]|har|her zone mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] . service of then all that too do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , (x[root]|x) zone in one .. or another service be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , (x[root]|x) profession too do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , service of zeal enthusiasm achcha be[pres.sg.23] and achcha (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) .
325Whatever each one is doing for service, every zone and every wing is doing some service. 326There is good enthusiasm for service and it should be good.
289ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
327Is that OK?
290अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
328Achcha. 329BapDada speaking to double foreigners (including RCOs and NCOs):
291डबल विदेशी : डबल विदेशी अर्थात् डबल पुरूषार्थी . double vidēśhī : double vidēśhī arthāt double purūṣhārthī . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt double purūṣhārthī[x] . double foreigner : double foreigner that is double effort-maker .
330Double foreigners means double purusharthis (effort-makers).
292बापदादा ने अभी नाम रखा है डबल पुरूषार्थी . bāpdādā nē abhī nām rakhā hai double purūṣhārthī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] nām rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] double purūṣhārthī[x] . BapDada ∅ now x double effort-maker . 293हैं ? haĩ ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
331BapDada has now given you the name double purusharthi.
294डबल पुरूषार्थी हैं ? double purūṣhārthī haĩ ? double purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? double effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
332Are you double effort-makers?
295जो समझते हैं वर्तमान समय डबल पुरूषार्थ का लक्ष्य है और कर भी रहे हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ vartamān samay double purūṣhārth kā lakṣhya hai aur kar bhī rahē haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] double puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] present time double effort of aim be[pres.sg.23] and do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that raise your hands .
333Those who feel that at present they have the aim of making double effort and are doing that, raise your hands.
296डबल पुरूषार्थ . double purūṣhārth . double puruṣhārth . double effort .
334Double effort?
297डबल ? double ? double ? double ?
335Double?
298बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
336Very good.
299डबल पर तो ताली बजाओ . double par tō tālī bajāō . double par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . double (at|other) then clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
337Then clap for making double effort.
300अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
338It is good.
301आपको देख करके सब खुशी से आगे बढ़ने का लक्ष्य रखेंगे . āpkō dēkh karkē sab khuśhī sē āgē baṛhnē kā lakṣhya rakhē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] all happiness from previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
339Seeing you, everyone will happily keep the aim of moving forward.
302और आज देख रहे हैं कि विदेश के जो मेन क्वालिटी है , सर्विसएबुल , नॉलेजफुल , सक्सेसफुल वह पहुंच गई है . aur āj dēkh rahē haĩ ki vidēśh K|kē jō mēn quality hai , serviceable , knowledgeful , successful vah pahuñch gaī hai . aur āj dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] x quality hōnā[pres.sg.23] , serviceable , knowledgeful , successful vah[pn.sg.d.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . and today see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that abroad (K|of) that x x be[pres.sg.23] , serviceable , knowledgeful , successful that reach[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . 303और मीटिंग भी अच्छी कर रहे हैं . aur meeting bhī achchhī kar rahē haĩ . aur meeting bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and meeting too achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
340Today, we are seeing that souls with the main quality of being serviceable, knowledge-full and successful have arrived here and are having a good meeting.
304पहली मीटिंग का समाचार तो बापदादा ने सुना कि सभी इन्टरनेशनल हर देश के विशेष आत्मायें मिलकर जो बनाया है वह बहुत अच्छा और सहज एकमत से सहज पास हो गया . pahlī meeting kā samāchār tō bāpdādā nē sunā ki sabhī international har|her dēśh K|kē viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ milkar jō banāyā hai vah bahut achchhā aur sahaj ēkmat sē sahaj pās|pass hō gayā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] meeting kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] international harnā[root]|har|her dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[abs.] jō[pn.;d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur sahaj[adj.] ēkmat[adj.] sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] pās|pass hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . x meeting of news then BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that all international (x[root]|x) land (K|of) special soul receive[abs.] that create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that very achcha and easy one direction from easy (x|pass) be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
341BapDada has heard the news of the first meeting. 342All the special souls, internationally, from every country, have all together created the policy document which has very easily been passed by everyone.
305तो आप विशेष आत्मायें जो निमित्त बनी उनको बापदादा पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō āp viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ jō nimitt banī unkō bāpdādā padam padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.pl.kō] bāpdādā padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then you special soul that instrument become[past-part.f.] that[.kō] BapDada multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
343So, BapDada is giving multimillionfold congratulations to you special souls who have been instruments for this.
306पुराने पुराने फाउण्डेशन आये हैं . purānē purānē foundation āyē haĩ . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foundation ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . old old foundation come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
344The old ones, the foundation, have come.
307बापदादा को खुशी होती है . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hōtī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
345BapDada is pleased.
308पाण्डव भी कम नहीं हैं . pāṇḍav bhī cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava too (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
346Pandavas are no less either.
309पाण्डव भी एक दो से आगे हैं और शक्तियां भी एक दो से आगे हैं . pāṇḍav bhī ēk dō sē āgē haĩ aur śhaktiyā̃ bhī ēk dō sē āgē haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] āgē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] āgē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava too one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from previously be[pres.pl.12hon3] and Shakti too one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from previously be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
347Pandavas are ahead of one another. 348Shaktis are also ahead of one another.
310अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
349Achcha.
311सभी बापदादा के वरदानों को अमर बनाने के लिए सहज विधि यह अपनाओ कि अमृतवेले और साथ में कर्मयोगी बनने के समय भी बार-बार वरदान को रिवाइज कर स्वरूप में स्थित हैं ! sabhī bāpdādā K|kē vardānō̃ kō amar banānē kē liē sahaj vidhi yah apnāō ki amr̥itvēlē aur sāth mē̃ karmayōgī bannē K|kē samay bhī bār-bār vardān kō revise kar svarūp mē̃ sthit haĩ ! sab[adv.hī] bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] amar[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] apnānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karmyōgī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bār[n.f.;sg.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] revise karnā[root] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! all BapDada (K|of) blessing to immortal create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for easy method this adopt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that amrit vela and with in karma yogi become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) time too time blessing to x do[root] form in stabilised be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
350Now, in order to make the blessings from BapDada immortal, adopt the easy method of amrit vela, and, together with that, at the time of being karma yogis, revise your blessing again and again.
312या नहीं है तो अपने को वरदान के स्वरूप में स्थित करो . yā nahī̃ hai tō apnē kō vardān K|kē svarūp mē̃ sthit karō . yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . or not be[pres.sg.23] then one’s own to blessing (K|of) form in stabilised do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
351Whether you are stable in that form or not, stabilize yourself in the form of the blessing.
313बार-बार रिवाइज करो . bār-bār revise karō . bār[n.f.;sg.] revise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
352Revise it again and again.
314बापदादा तो दे देते हैं वरदान , लेकिन वरदान को कायम रखने के लिए बार-बार रिवाइज करके स्वरूप में लाओ . bāpdādā tō dē dētē haĩ vardān , lēkin vardān kō kāyam rakhnē kē liē bār-bār revise karkē svarūp mē̃ lāō . bāpdādā tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , lēkin vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kāyam[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bār[n.f.;sg.] revise karnā[abs.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada then give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] blessing , but blessing to x keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] for time x do[abs.] form in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
353BapDada gives you the blessings, but, in order to keep those blessings all the time, revise them again and again; put them into a practical form.
315अनुभव करो उस वरदान का . anubhav karō us vardān kā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that blessing of .
354Experience those blessings.
316रूहानी नशे का अनुभव करो तो वह वरदान आपका अमर वरदान हो जायेगा क्योंकि वरदान के पात्र आप विशेष आत्मायें हो . rūhānī naśhē kā anubhav karō tō vah vardān āpkā amar vardān hō jāyēgā kyōṅki vardān K|kē pātr āp viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ hō . rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] amar[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . spiritual intoxication of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then that blessing you[.kā] immortal blessing be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] because blessing (K|of) worthy of receiving you special soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
355Experience that spiritual intoxication and that blessing of yours will become an immortal blessing. 356You are the special souls who are worthy of blessings.
317भक्तों को भी वरदान मिलता है लेकिन वह अल्पकाल का , एक जन्म के लिए है . bhaktō̃ kō bhī vardān miltā hai lēkin vah alpkāl kā , ēk janm kē liē hai . bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . devotee to too blessing receive[pres.sg.m.23] but that temporary period of , one (be born[root]|life) for be[pres.sg.23] . 318आपका संगम का वरदान जन्म जन्मान्तर साथ रहता है . āpkā saṅgam kā vardān janm janmāntar sāth rahtā hai . āp[pn.pl.kā] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] janmāntar sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . you[.kā] confluence of blessing (be born[root]|life) x with remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
357Even devotees receive blessings, but those are temporary, for one birth, whereas the blessing that you receive at the confluence age remains with you for birth after birth.
319इसलिए वरदान को स्वरूप में लाते रहेंगे तो वरदान की सफलता का अनुभव करते रहेंगे . isliē vardān kō svarūp mē̃ lātē rahē̃gē tō vardān key|kī saphaltā kā anubhav kartē rahē̃gē . isliē vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . therefore blessing to form in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then blessing (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) success of experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
358This is why if you continue to put your blessing into a practical form you will continue to experience the success of that blessing.
320सिर्फ बुद्धि में नहीं स्वरूप में लाओ . sirph buddhi mē̃ nahī̃ svarūp mē̃ lāō . sirph[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only intellect in not form in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
359Do not just keep it in your intellect, but also put it into your form.
321उस नशे में रहो . us naśhē mē̃ rahō . vah[pn.sg.o.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that intoxication in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
360Stay in that intoxication.
322फलक में रहो . phalak mē̃ rahō . phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . sparkle of intoxication in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
361Have that spiritual intoxication.
323फलक रहे मैं वरदाता की वरदानी हूँ . phalak rahē maĩ vardātā key|kī vardānī hū̃ . phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] vardātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vardānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . sparkle of intoxication (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) I x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) bestower of blessings be[pres.sg.1] . 324डायरेक्ट वरदाता ने वरदान दिया है . direct vardātā nē vardān diyā hai . direct vardātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . direct x ∅ blessing give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
362Have the spiritual intoxication: I am blessed by the Bestower of Blessings.
325वरदान को अमर बनाओ , कभी कभी वाला नहीं . vardān kō amar banāō , kabhī kabhī vālā nahī̃ . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] amar[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . blessing to immortal create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ever ever those who not .
363The Bestower of Blessings has given me a direct blessing.
326और डबल विदेशियों के ऊपर सभी ब्राह्मण आत्माओं का विशेष स्नेह है क्योंकि आपने जो आदि भारत के सेवाधारी हैं उनको बहुत सहयोग दिया है . aur double vidēśhiyō̃ kē ūpar sabhī brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kā viśhēṣh snēh hai kyōṅki āpnē jō ādi bhārat K|kē sēvādhārī haĩ unkō bahut sahyōg diyā hai . aur double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.nē] jō[pn.;d.] ādi[adj.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and double foreigner over all Brahmin soul of special love be[pres.sg.23] because you[.nē] that etc. Bharat (K|of) server be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] very cooperation give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
364Make the blessing immortal; it is not just for some time. 365All Brahmin souls have special love for all the double foreigners because you have given a lot of co-operation to the original servers of Bharat.
327विश्व कल्याणकारी का जो बाप ने टाइटल दिया उसको साकार रूप में भिन्न भिन्न देशों में भिन्न भिन्न कलचर और भिन्न-भिन्न भाषायें , उसमें आप सभी विश्व कल्याण की सेवा में सफलता देने में सहयोगी बने . viśhva kalyāṇkārī kā jō bāp nē title diyā uskō sākār rūp mē̃ bhinn bhinn dēśhō̃ mē̃ bhinn bhinn culture aur bhinn-bhinn bhāṣhāyē̃ , usmē̃ āp sabhī viśhva kalyāṇ key|kī sēvā mē̃ saphaltā dēnē mē̃ sahyōgī banē . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] title dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.kō] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] culture aur bhinn[adj.] bhāṣhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] . world beneficial of that father ∅ title give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.kō] sakar Rup in different different land in different different culture and different language , that[.mē̃] you all world benefit (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service in success give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in co-operative (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) .
366You brought into the corporeal form the title that the Father gave of being the World Benefactor. 367While having the different cultures and different languages of the different countries, all of you have been co-operative in bringing success to the service of world benefit.
328इसीलिए भारतवासियों को आपकी सेवा पर बहुत-बहुत स्नेह है . isīliē bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō āpkī sēvā par bahut-bahut snēh hai . isīliē bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bahut snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x people of Bharat to you[.kī] service (at|other) very love be[pres.sg.23] . 329अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
368This is why the people of Bharat have a lot of love for the service you have done.
330विशेष जो पहली मीटिंग वाले आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . viśhēṣh jō pahlī meeting vālē āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . viśhēṣh[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] meeting vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . special that x meeting those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands . 331कान्स्टीट्युशन की मीटिंग वाले ऊंचा हाथ उठाओ . kānsṭīṭyuśan key|kī meeting vālē ūñchā hāth uṭhāō . x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] meeting vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) meeting those who elevated raise your hands . 332अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
369Achcha, those who have come especially for the first meeting – those who have come for the meeting of the constitution, raise your hands high.
333बापदादा को संगठन बहुत अच्छा लगता है . bāpdādā kō saṅgaṭhan bahut achchhā lagtā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] saṅgaṭhan[x] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to gathering very enjoy .
370BapDada likes the gathering very much.
334और मेहनत प्यार से की है , थके नहीं हैं . aur mēhnat pyār sē kī hai , thakē nahī̃ haĩ . aur mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , thaknā, phathaknā[opt.sg.23]|thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and effort love from do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , (become desperate[opt.sg.23]|become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
371And you have worked hard with a lot of love; you haven’t become tired.
335उमंग उत्साह और अथकपन से किया , भारत वालों ने भी और डबल विदेशियों ने भी बहुत अच्छा किया है . umaṅg utsāh aur athakapan sē kiyā , bhārat vālō̃ nē bhī aur double vidēśhiyō̃ nē bhī bahut achchhā kiyā hai . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur x sē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] aur double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . zeal enthusiasm and x from do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , Bharat those who ∅ too and double foreigner ∅ too very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
372You did it with zeal and enthusiasm and by being tireless. 373Those from Bharat and the double foreigners have done very well.
336बापदादा को भी पसन्द है . bāpdādā kō bhī pasand hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to too love be[pres.sg.23] .
374BapDada likes it too.
337भारत के भी उठो . bhārat K|kē bhī uṭhō . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Bharat (K|of) too wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
375Those from Bharat also stand up.
338तीनों पाण्डवों को विशेष बधाई है क्यों बधाई है ? tīnō̃ pāṇḍavō̃ kō viśhēṣh badhāī hai kyō̃ badhāī hai ? tīnō̃[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyō̃ badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all three Pandava to special greetings be[pres.sg.23] why greetings be[pres.sg.23] ?
376Special congratulations to all three Pandavas. 377Why are you being congratulated?
339क्योंकि ढांचा आपने बनाया . kyōṅki ḍhāñcā āpnē banāyā . kyōṅki x āp[pn.pl.nē] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . because x you[.nē] create[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 340और डबल विदेशियों को इस बात की बधाई है कि जो भी बना उसमें सहयोग और समय देकरके फाइनल किया . aur double vidēśhiyō̃ kō is bāt key|kī badhāī hai ki jō bhī banā usmē̃ sahyōg aur samay dēkarkē final kiyā . aur double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] final karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and double foreigner to this matter (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) greetings be[pres.sg.23] that that too (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) that[.mē̃] cooperation and time give[abs.] final do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
378Because you have created the base, and there are congratulations for the double foreigners because you gave your time and co-operation to finalise whatever was created.
341देखेंगे नहीं कहा , कर लिया , इसकी बापदादा को खुशी है . dēkhē̃gē nahī̃ kahā , kar liyā , iskī bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , yah[pn.sg.kī] bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , this[.kī] BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
379You did not say that you will think about it, but you just did it.
342बधाई हो , बधाई हो , सभी को . badhāī hō , badhāī hō , sabhī kō . badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] . greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , all to .
380BapDada is pleased about this. 381Congratulations.
343भारत वालों को भी और डबल विदेशियों को भी , शक्तियों को भी बधाई . bhārat vālō̃ kō bhī aur double vidēśhiyō̃ kō bhī , śhaktiyō̃ kō bhī badhāī . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aur double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . Bharat those who to too and double foreigner to too , Shakti to too greetings .
382Congratulations to everyone: to those from Bharat, to those from abroad and also to the Shaktis.
344अभी ऐसा माइक , जो बापदादा ने सुनाया , विशेष माइक देखते हैं कहाँ से निकलता है , भारत से निकलता है या विदेश से निकलता है . abhī aisā mike , jō bāpdādā nē sunāyā , viśhēṣh mike dēkhtē haĩ kahā̃ sē nikaltā hai , bhārat sē nikaltā hai yā vidēśh sē nikaltā hai . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike , jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , viśhēṣh[adj.] mike dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kahā̃ sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now such mike , that BapDada ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] , special mike see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] where from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] , Bharat from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] or abroad from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .
383Now we shall see where the special mikes that BapDada described emerge from. 384Will they emerge from Bharat or from abroad? 385Each of you thinks that you will do that.
345हर एक सोचता है हम करेंगे , यह तो आपका उमंग , आपका चेहरा दिखा रहा है . har ēk sōchtā hai ham karē̃gē , yah tō āpkā umaṅg , āpkā chēhrā dikhā rahā hai . har ēk[x] sōchnā[pres.sg.m.23] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] , āp[pn.pl.kā] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|dikhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . each one think[pres.sg.m.23] we do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this then you[.kā] zeal , you[.kā] face (seem[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) . 346अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 347मीडिया विंग और स्पार्क विंग वाले आये हैं : ( गीत गाया - हम होंगे कामयाब एक दिन … ) दोनों ही अपना अपना कार्य कर रहे हैं . media wing aur SpARC wing vālē āyē haĩ : ( gīt gāyā - ham hōṅgē kāmayāb ēk din … ) dōnō̃ hī apnā apnā kārya kar rahē haĩ . media wing aur SpARC wing vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : ( gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - ham[pn.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] … ) dōnō̃ hī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . media wing and SPARC wing those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : ( x sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] - we be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x one day … ) x only (one’s own|adopt[root]) (one’s own|adopt[root]) task do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
386You have that enthusiasm. 387Your face is showing that.Media and SpARC Wings:
348अभी बापदादा को समाचार मिलते रहते हैं . abhī bāpdādā kō samāchār miltē rahtē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kō[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . now BapDada to news receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
388(They sang a song, We will be successful one day.)
349तो मीडिया भी दिनप्रतिदिन आगे बढ़ रहा है . tō media bhī dinpratidin āgē baṛh rahā hai . tō media bhī[p.] pratidin āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then media too day by day previously grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
389Both of you are carrying out your own tasks.
350जो टी . वी . में प्रोग्राम्स आते हैं वह आवाज अच्छा फैला रहे हैं . jō T . V|we . mē̃ programmes ātē haĩ vah āvāj achchhā phailā rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] T . V|we . mē̃[postp.] programme ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that x . (x) . in programme come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that noise achcha spread[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
390BapDada continues to receive the news that Media is also moving forward day by day.
351अभी पांव तो रख लिया है , अखबारों में भी अभी मेहनत के बिना जगह दे देते हैं और टी . वी . में भी अभी सहज जगह मिलती रहती है , चांस मिलता है . abhī pāṅw tō rakh liyā hai , akhbārō̃ mē̃ bhī abhī mēhnat K|kē binā jagah dē dētē haĩ aur T . V|we . mē̃ bhī abhī sahaj jagah miltī rahtī hai , chance miltā hai . ab[adv.hī] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] , akhbār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā jagah[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] aur T . V|we . mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] sahaj[adj.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] , chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now foot then keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] , newspaper in too now effort (K|of) without x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] and x . (x) . in too now easy x receive[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] , chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
391The programmes that are shown on the TV are spreading the sound very well. 392You have now set foot in the newspapers, and so without any effort you are given space in the newspapers.
352तो इतना तो किया है , तो मीडिया को भी मुबारक है . tō itnā tō kiyā hai , tō media kō bhī mubārak hai . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō media kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then such then do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then media to too congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
393On TV, too, you easily get some space; you are given a chance.
353अभी कोशिश करो कि विदेश में अभी शुरू तो हुआ है , विदेश में भी टी . वी . में कोई कोई समय तो जाता है लेकिन विदेश और देश का इतना नजदीक का कनेक्शन हो जाए जो चारों तरफ आवाज फैलता जाए . abhī kōśhiśh karō ki vidēśh mē̃ abhī śhurū tō huā hai , vidēśh mē̃ bhī T . V|we . mē̃ kōī kōī samay tō jātā hai lēkin vidēśh aur dēśh kā itnā najdīk kā connection hō jāē jō chārō̃ taraph āvāj phailtā jāē . ab[adv.hī] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] T . V|we . mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō jānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazdīk kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] connection hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] chārō̃ taraph[x] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . now try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that abroad in now beginning then be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , abroad in too x . (x) . in some some time then go[pres.sg.m.23] but abroad and land of such x of connection be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] that everywhere noise spread[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
394You have done that much at least, and so congratulations to the Media . 395It has now begun abroad. 396It is shown on the TV sometimes, but let the connection of abroad and India be so close that the sound continues to spread everywhere.
354बाकी मेहनत की सफलता मिली है यह बापदादा को भी अच्छा लगता है . bākī mēhnat key|kī saphaltā milī hai yah bāpdādā kō bhī achchhā lagtā hai . bākī|bākī mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (others|but) effort (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) success receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] this BapDada to too enjoy .
397BapDada is pleased that you have now received the success of your effort.
355मेहनत की है फल भी मिला है . mēhnat kī hai phal bhī milā hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] fruit too receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
398You have made effort and also received the fruit of it.
356और स्पार्क वाले भी अपना प्लैन बना रहे हैं , अच्छा है अभी ऐसा कुछ करके दिखाओ जो जैसे साइंस प्रत्यक्ष फल दिखाती है , ऐसे साइलेन्स की शक्ति इतना स्पष्ट और सहज प्रत्यक्ष रूप में अनुभव कराये जो सब कहें ब्रह्माकुमारियों के पास सहज साधन है . aur SpARC vālē bhī apnā plan banā rahē haĩ , achchhā hai abhī aisā kuchh karkē dikhāō jō jaisē science pratyakṣha phal dikhātī hai , aisē silence key|kī śhakti itnā spaṣhṭ aur sahaj pratyakṣha rūp mē̃ anubhav karāyē jō sab kahē̃ brahmākumāriyō̃ kē pās sahaj sādhan hai . aur SpARC vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres.sg.f.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] silence key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] aur sahaj[adj.] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and SPARC those who too (one’s own|adopt[root]) plan create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] now such anything do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that like science visible fruit x[pres.sg.f.23] , such silence (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti such clearly and easy visible Rup in experience make commit[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that all say[opt.pl.12hon3] Brahma Kumari to easy facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
399Those of you from SpARC are also making your own plans and that is good. 400Now, just as science is giving practical fruit, in the same way do something so that the power of silence also gives an experience just as easily and clearly in a practical way so that everyone says that the Brahma Kumaris have an easy method.
357इन्वेन्शन कर रहे हैं और होगा भी . invention kar rahē haĩ aur hōgā bhī . invention karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] bhī[p.] . invention do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and be[fut.m.sg.23] too .
401You are making inventions and it will happen.
358सब बुद्धि अच्छी चला रहे हैं तो बुद्धि द्वारा कोई न कोई प्रत्यक्ष फल निकल आयेगा . sab buddhi achchhī chalā rahē haĩ tō buddhi dvārā kōī na kōī pratyakṣha phal nikal āyēgā . sab[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō buddhi[n.f.;sg.] dvārā kōī na kōī[x] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+ānā] . all intellect achcha x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then intellect through one .. or another visible fruit be extracted[fut.m.sg.23.root+ānā] . 359अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
402All of you are using your intellect very well and so one practical fruit or another will emerge through the intellect.
360मेहनत अच्छी है , फल निकल रहा है , निकलता रहेगा , यह तो होना ही है . mēhnat achchhī hai , phal nikal rahā hai , nikaltā rahēgā , yah tō hōnā hī hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . effort achcha be[pres.sg.23] , fruit be extracted[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , be extracted[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , this then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
403You are making good effort. 404The fruit is emerging and it will continue to emerge.
361अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
405It has to happen.
362अभी एक सेकण्ड में , एक सेकण्ड हुआ , एक सेकण्ड में सारी सभा जो भी जहाँ है वहाँ मन को एक ही संकल्प में स्थित करो मैं बाप और मैं परमधाम में अनादि ज्योतिबिन्दु स्वरूप हूँ , परमधाम में बाप के साथ बैठ जाओ . abhī ēk second mē̃ , ēk second huā , ēk second mē̃ sārī sabhā jō bhī jahā̃ hai vahā̃ man kō ēk hī saṅkalp mē̃ sthit karō maĩ bāp aur maĩ paramdhām mē̃ anādi jyōtibindu svarūp hū̃ , paramdhām mē̃ bāp kē sāth baiṭh jāō . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] , ēk[adj.] second hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur maĩ[pn.sg.d.] paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anādi[adj.] jyōti bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now one second in , one second be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , one second in the whole court that too where there be[pres.sg.23] there mind to one only thought in stabilised do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I father and I x in eternal point of light form be[pres.sg.1] , x in father with sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
406Achcha.Now, in one second, is it one second? 407In one second, the whole gathering, and wherever any of you are, stabilize your mind in just one thought: I, the Father and I, are eternal points of light in the supreme abode. 408Sit with the Father in the supreme abode.
363अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
409Achcha.
364अभी साकार में आ जाओ . abhī sākār mē̃ ā jāō . ab[adv.hī] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now sakar in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
410Now come back into the corporeal.
365अभी वर्तमान समय के हिसाब से मन-बुद्धि को एकाग्र करने का अभ्यास , जो कार्य कर रहे हो उसी कार्य में एकाग्र करो , कन्ट्रोलिंग पावर को ज्यादा बढ़ाओ . abhī vartamān samay K|kē hisāb sē man-buddhi kō ēkāgr karnē kā abhyās , jō kārya kar rahē hō usī kārya mē̃ ēkāgr karō , controlling power kō jyādā baṛhāō . ab[adv.hī] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēkāgr[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jō[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.hī] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēkāgr[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , controlling power[x] kō[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now present time (K|of) account from x to concentrated do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice , that task do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that[.hī] task in concentrated do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , controlling power to more increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
411Now, according to the present time, practise concentrating your mind and intellect. 412Whatever task you are carrying out, concentrate your mind whilst carrying out that task. 413Increase your controlling power more.
366मन-बुद्धि संस्कार तीनों के ऊपर कन्ट्रोलिंग पावर . man-buddhi saṅskār tīnō̃ kē ūpar controlling power . man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] tīnō̃[adj.] kē ūpar[x] controlling power[x] . x sanskar all three over controlling power .
414Have controlling power over your mind, intellect and sanskars.
367यह अभ्यास आने वाले समय में बहुत सहयोग देगा . yah abhyās ānē vālē samay mē̃ bahut sahyōg dēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this practice (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who time in very cooperation give[fut.m.sg.23] .
415This practice will be very helpful in the times to come.
368वायुमण्डल के अनुसार एक सेकण्ड में कन्ट्रोल करना पड़ेगा . vāyumaṇḍal K|kē anusār ēk second mē̃ control karnā paṛēgā . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anusār ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] control karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . atmosphere (K|of) according to one second in control do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . 369जो चाहे वही हो . jō chāhē vahī hō . jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vahī hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
416According to the atmosphere, you will have to take control in one second, so that only what you want to happen happens.
370तो यह अभ्यास बहुत आवश्यक है . tō yah abhyās bahut āvaśhyak hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this practice very x be[pres.sg.23] .
417So, this practice is very essential.
371इसको हल्का नहीं करना . iskō halkā nahī̃ karnā . yah[pn.sg.kō] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.kō] light not do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 372क्योंकि समय पर यही अन्त सुहानी करेगा . kyōṅki samay par yahī ant suhānī karēgā . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] yahī[pn.;d.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] x karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . because time (at|other) this end x do[fut.m.sg.23] .
418Do not treat this lightly because this practice will make the final moments beautiful at the right time.
373अच्छा - चारों ओर के डबल तख्तनशीन , बापदादा के दिलतख्तनशीन , साथ में विश्व राज्य तख्त अधिकारी , सदा अपने अनादि स्वरूप , आदि स्वरूप , मध्य स्वरूप , अन्तिम स्वरूप में जब चाहे तब स्थित रहने वाले सदा सर्व खज़ानों को स्वयं कार्य में लगाने वाले और औरों को भी खज़ानों से सम्पन्न बनाने वाले सर्व आत्माओं को बाप से मुक्ति का वर्सा दिलाने वाले ऐसे परमात्म प्यार के पात्र आत्माओं को बापदादा का यादप्यार , दिल की दुआयें और नमस्ते . achchhā - chārō̃ ōr K|kē double takhtnaśhīn , bāpdādā K|kē diltakhtanaśhīn , sāth mē̃ viśhva rājya takht adhikārī , sadā apnē anādi svarūp , ādi svarūp , madhya svarūp , antim svarūp mē̃ jab chāhē tab sthit rahnē vālē sadā sarv khazānō̃ kō svayã kārya mē̃ lagānē vālē aur aurō̃ kō bhī khazānō̃ sē sampann banānē vālē sarv ātmāō̃ kō bāp sē mukti kā varsā dilānē vālē aisē paramātma pyār K|kē pātr ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār , dil key|kī duāyē̃ aur namastē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] double takhtnaśhīn[adj.] , bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , antim[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē tab sthit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] svayã kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur namastē . achcha - everywhere (K|of) double seated on the throne , BapDada (K|of) seated on the heart throne , with in world kingdom throne (one) who has a right , constantly one’s own eternal form , etc. form , middle form , final form in when (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) for only then stabilised remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who constantly all treasure to x task in attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and others to too treasure from full create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all soul to father from liberation of inheritance x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such Supreme Soul love (K|of) worthy of receiving soul to BapDada of love, remembrance , heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing and x . 374दादियों से : सभी को अच्छा लगता है , पुराने आदि रत्नों को देख करके सभी को खुशी होती है . dādiyō̃ sē : sabhī kō achchhā lagtā hai , purānē ādi ratnō̃ kō dēkh karkē sabhī kō khuśhī hōtī hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Dadi from : all to enjoy , old etc. jewel to see[root] do[abs.] all to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
419Achcha. 420To all those from everywhere who are seated on the double throne – those seated on BapDada’s heart-throne and also those who have a right to the throne of the kingdom of the world, to those who always remain stable in their eternal form, original form, form of the middle period, and the final form whenever they want, to those who use all the treasures for the self and who make others full of all the treasures, to those who enable all souls to receive their inheritance of liberation from the Father, to the souls who are worthy of God’s love, BapDada’s love, remembrance, blessings from the heart and namaste. 421Meeting the Dadis:
375 ( मनोहर दादी से ) चाहे क्लास कराओ नहीं कराओ , लेकिन देख करके भी खुशी होती है . ( manōhar dādī sē ) chāhē class karāō nahī̃ karāō , lēkin dēkh karkē bhī khuśhī hōtī hai . ( manōhar[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē class karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( x Dadi from ) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) class make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but see[root] do[abs.] too happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] . 376मिलते रहो , हंसाते रहो . miltē rahō , haṅsātē rahō . milnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , haṅsānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . receive[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , make laugh[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
422Everyone enjoys seeing the old, original jewels and they all become happy.Manohar Dadi: Whether you conduct classes or not, even seeing you, everyone is happy.
377हर एक को कोई न कोई वरदान देते रहो . har ēk kō kōī na kōī vardān dētē rahō . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . each one to one .. or another blessing give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
423Continue to meet everyone and make them laugh.
378कुछ भी हो लेकिन फिर भी आदि रत्नों से जो भासना आती हैं ना वह और ही आती है . kuchh bhī hō lēkin phir bhī ādi ratnō̃ sē jō bhāsnā ātī haĩ nā vah aur hī ātī hai . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin phir bhī[x] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhāsnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] aur hī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but nevertheless etc. jewel from that x[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ that and only come[pres.sg.f.23] . 379इसलिए अपना कार्य करते रहो . isliē apnā kārya kartē rahō . isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . therefore (one’s own|adopt[root]) task do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
424Continue to give everyone one blessing or another. 425No matter what happens, the feeling that they receive from the original jewels is something different.
380सबको बहलाते रहो . sabkō bahlātē rahō . sabkō bahlānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . everything entertain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . 381खुश हो जाते हैं ना . khuśh hō jātē haĩ nā . khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā . happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ .
426So continue to do your work, continue to entertain everyone.
382 ( परदादी से ) मधुबन में पहुंच जाते हैं ना तो देखकर सब खुश हो जाते हैं . ( pardādī sē ) madhuban mē̃ pahuñch jātē haĩ nā tō dēkhkar sab khuśh hō jātē haĩ . ( pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā tō dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . ( Dadi Nirmal Shanta from ) Madhuban in reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ then see[abs.] all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
427They become happy.Dadi Nirmala Shanta: 428When you reach Madhuban, everyone becomes happy seeing you.
383आप भी खुश होती हो . āp bhī khuśh hōtī hō . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.2] . you too happy be[pres.pl.f.2] .
429You become happy too.
384अच्छा है , हिसाब अपना काम कर रहा है , आप अपना काम कर रही हो . achchhā hai , hisāb apnā kām kar rahā hai , āp apnā kām kar rahī hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , account (one’s own|adopt[root]) (task|lust) do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , you (one’s own|adopt[root]) (task|lust) do[pres.pl.f.acc.2] .
430It is good. 431The karmic accounts are doing their work and you are doing your work.
385अच्छा लगता है , संगठन होता है ना तो सबको खुशी होती है . achchhā lagtā hai , saṅgaṭhan hōtā hai nā tō sabkō khuśhī hōtī hai . achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō sabkō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . enjoy , gathering be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then everything happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
432It feels good when there is a gathering and everyone is happy. 433You have done well.
386अच्छा किया है , अपने हिसाब किताब को शार्टकट कर रही हो . achchhā kiyā hai , apnē hisāb kitāb kō shortcut kar rahī hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] shortcut karnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , one’s own account book to short-cut do[pres.pl.f.acc.2] .
434You are taking a short-cut with your karmic accounts. 435Everything is good.
387अच्छा , सब अच्छा है . achchhā , sab achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha , all achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
436Everything is functioning well.Mohiniben and Munniben: 437Dadiji is pleased seeing everything.
388सब ठीक चल रहा है . sab ṭhīk chal rahā hai . sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . all OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
438BapDada is pleased anyway.
389 ( मोहिनी बहन , मुन्नी बहन से ) दादी भी देख करके खुश हो रही है . ( mōhinī bahan , Munnī bahan sē ) dādī bhī dēkh karkē khuśh hō rahī hai . ( mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] , x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . ( x x , x x from ) Dadi too see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
439BapDada is always pleased to see the children. 440He is also happy seeing the task.
390बापदादा तो खुश है ही , बापदादा तो सदा बच्चों को देख कर खुश होते हैं , कार्य को देख करके भी खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā tō khuśh hai hī , bāpdādā tō sadā bachchō̃ kō dēkh kar khuśh hōtē haĩ , kārya kō dēkh karkē bhī khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] , bāpdādā tō sadā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then happy be[pres.sg.23] only , BapDada then constantly child to see[root] do[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , task to see[root] do[abs.] too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
441It is good that being co-operative with one another you are moving along with one another saying “Ji ha, ji ha” (yes indeed) and will continue to move along.
391अच्छा है मिलकर एक दो के सहयोगी बनके जी हाँ , जी हाँ करके चल रहे हैं , चलते रहेंगे . achchhā hai milkar ēk dō K|kē sahyōgī bankē jī hā̃ , jī hā̃ karkē chal rahē haĩ , chaltē rahē̃gē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] milnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[abs.] jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] hā̃ , jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] hā̃ karnā[abs.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] receive[abs.] one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (K|of) co-operative become[abs.] (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) yes , (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) yes do[abs.] continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . 392सब खुश हैं ना . sab khuśh haĩ nā . sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ . 393 ( रमेश भाई ने उषा बहन की तबियत का समाचार सुनाया , आपरेशन हुआ है ) वह थोड़ा बहुत होता है , ठीक हो जायेगी . ( ramēśh bhāī nē uṣā bahan key|kī tabiyat kā samāchār sunāyā , operation huā hai ) vah thōṛā bahut hōtā hai , ṭhīk hō jāyēgī . ( ramēśh bhāī[x] nē[postp.] x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , operation hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . ( Rameshbhai ∅ x x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) health of news speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] , operation be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) that short very be[pres.sg.m.23] , OK be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
442You are all happy, are you not? 443(Rameshbhai gave BapDada news of Ushaben’s health; she has had an operation:)
394कटकुट होता है तो थोड़ा बहुत फर्क पड़ता है , ठीक हो जायेगी आप अपनी तबियत ठीक करो , ना ना नहीं करो , जो चाहिए वह देते जाओ . kaṭakuṭ hōtā hai tō thōṛā bahut phark paṛtā hai , ṭhīk hō jāyēgī āp apnī tabiyat ṭhīk karō , nā nā nahī̃ karō , jō chāhiē vah dētē jāō . x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nā nā nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] vah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . x be[pres.sg.m.23] then short very difference fall[pres.sg.m.23] , OK be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] you one’s own health OK do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ∅ ∅ not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) that give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
444That happens a little, but she will be fine. 445When a little operation takes place, there is a little difference, but she will be fine. 446You just look after your health. 447Do not say no.
395जिम्मेवारी है ना . jimmēvārī hai nā . zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . responsibility be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
448Continue to give your body what it needs.
396साथी भी बनाते जाओ और अपने को भी बहुत अच्छी रीति से चलाते चलो . sāthī bhī banātē jāō aur apnē kō bhī bahut achchhī rīti sē chalātē chalō . sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . companion too create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] and one’s own to too very achcha way from x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
449You have a responsibility. 450Continue to make companions and also look after yourself very well.
397ज्यादा बिजी नहीं रखो . jyādā busy nahī̃ rakhō . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] busy nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . more busy not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
451Do not remain too busy.
398थोड़ा थोड़ा सहयोगी बनाते जाओ . thōṛā thōṛā sahyōgī banātē jāō . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōgī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . short short co-operative create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
452Continue to make others a little co-operative.
399बाकी अच्छा कर रहे हैं , अभी तो रिजल्ट बहुत अच्छी है , इन्टरनेशनल हो गया . bākī achchhā kar rahē haĩ , abhī tō result bahut achchhī hai , international hō gayā . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] tō result bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , international hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (others|but) achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , now then result very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , international be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
453You are doing well and the result has been very good. 454It has become international.
400सभी एक मत होके और निश्चयबुद्धि होके बैठे तो हो गया . sabhī ēk mat hōkē aur niśhchaybuddhi hōkē baiṭhē tō hō gayā . sab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] mat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] aur niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[abs.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . all one directions be[abs.] and intellect with faith be[abs.] (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) then be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
455Everyone sat with one direction and with faith in the intellect, and so it happened.
401सभी की मदद है . sabhī key|kī madad hai . sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.sg.23] .
456It was everyone’s help.
402लेकिन साकार में तो तीनों एकमत होके और हाँ जी हाँ जी करके घाट तो बनाया बाकी थोड़ा थोड़ा हीरे गढ़ दिये तो अच्छा हो गया . lēkin sākār mē̃ tō tīnō̃ ēkmat hōkē aur hā̃ jī hā̃ jī karkē ghāṭ tō banāyā bākī thōṛā thōṛā hīrē gaṛh diyē tō achchhā hō gayā . lēkin sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] tō tīnō̃[adj.] ēkmat[adj.] hōnā[abs.] aur hā̃ jī[x] hā̃ jī[x] karnā[abs.] ghāṭ[x] tō banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bākī|bākī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] gaṛh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . but sakar in then all three one direction be[abs.] and yes yes do[abs.] x then create[past-part.m.sg.d.] (others|but) short short diamond foundation give[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 403तो मुबारक हो , तीनों को मुबारक हो . tō mubārak hō , tīnō̃ kō mubārak hō . tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tīnō̃[adj.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , all three to congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
457However, in the corporeal form, all three were united in one direction and created the base, and also gave it shape, and a few diamonds were studded (referring to the format of the policy document) and so it has now become acceptable.
404 ( बृजमोहन भाई से ) देखो अपने विचार यूज किया ना , लक्ष्य रखा करना ही है , हो गया ना . ( br̥ijmōhan bhāī sē ) dēkhō apnē vichār use kiyā nā , lakṣhya rakhā karnā hī hai , hō gayā nā . ( br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[x] use karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . ( Brij Mohan (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) from ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own x use do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , aim (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
458Congratulations. 459Congratulations to all three. 460Brij Mohanbhai: 461See, you used your ideas, you kept the aim that you had to do it and so it happened.
405इतने वर्ष नहीं हुआ , अभी सभी की बुद्धियों में एक ही संकल्प रहा , करना ही है , सभी का . itnē varṣh nahī̃ huā , abhī sabhī key|kī buddhiyō̃ mē̃ ēk hī saṅkalp rahā , karnā hī hai , sabhī kā . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . such year not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) intellect in one only thought (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , all of .
462It didn’t happen for so many years and now there was just the one thought in everyone’s intellect: We have to do it.
406समय लगा लेकिन सफलता मिली . samay lagā lēkin saphaltā milī . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] . time (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) but success receive[past-part.f.] .
463Everyone had that thought.
407तीनों वरिष्ठ भाईयों तथा विदेश की 6 बड़ी बहिनों से : बापदादा को यह खुशी हुई कि चाहे भाईयों ने चाहे शक्तियों ने लक्ष्य रखा करना ही है तो सहज हो गया ना . tīnō̃ variṣhṭh bhāīyō̃ tathā vidēśh key|kī 6 baṛī bahinō̃ sē : bāpdādā kō yah khuśhī huī ki chāhē bhāīyō̃ nē chāhē śhaktiyō̃ nē lakṣhya rakhā karnā hī hai tō sahaj hō gayā nā . tīnō̃[adj.] variṣhṭh[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] tathā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] 6 baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . all three senior brother and abroad (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) 6 very x from : BapDada to this happiness be[past-part.f.] that (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) brother ∅ (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Shakti ∅ aim (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] then easy be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
464It took time, but you achieved success.Meeting the three senior brothers and six senior RCO sisters from abroad: 465BapDada is pleased that the brothers and the Shaktis kept the aim that they have to do it, and so it happened easily.
408टाइम तो देना पड़ता है लेकिन हुआ तो सहज ना . time tō dēnā paṛtā hai lēkin huā tō sahaj nā . time tō dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] lēkin hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sahaj[adj.] nā . time then give[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] but be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then easy ∅ .
466You have to give time, but it happened easily.
409ज्यादा डिसकस तो नहीं हुई ना . jyādā discuss tō nahī̃ huī nā . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] discuss tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] nā . more discuss then not be[past-part.f.] ∅ .
467You didn’t have too much discussion, did you?
410तो यह भी एक एक्जैम्पुल बना कार्य करने का . tō yah bhī ēk example banā kārya karnē kā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] example banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . then this too one example (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
468So, this was an example for carrying out a task.Speaking to the Pandavas from abroad:
411विदेश के पाण्डवों सेः ( यह बैकबोन थे ) बैकबोन आप थे , निमित्त यह थे . vidēśh K|kē pāṇḍavō̃ sēḥ ( yah backbone thē ) backbone āp thē , nimitt yah thē . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] x ( yah[pn.sg.d.] backbone hōnā[past.pl] ) backbone āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[past.pl] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past.pl] . abroad (K|of) Pandava x ( this backbone be[past.pl] ) backbone you be[past.pl] , instrument this be[past.pl] .
469(They were the backbone). 470You were the backbone, they were the instruments.
412सभी ने जैसे एक कार्य निश्चयबुद्धि होके सफल किया तो इससे सिद्ध है कि सफलता आपके हाथ में है . sabhī nē jaisē ēk kārya niśhchaybuddhi hōkē saphal kiyā tō issē siddha hai ki saphaltā āpkē hāth mē̃ hai . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[abs.] saphal[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō yah[pn.sg.sē] siddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all ∅ like one task intellect with faith be[abs.] successful do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then this[.sē] successful be[pres.sg.23] that success you[.kē] hand in be[pres.sg.23] .
471All of you made one task successful by having faith in the intellect and this proves that success is in your hands.
413जो चाहे वह कर सकते हो . jō chāhē vah kar saktē hō . jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . that (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) that do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
472You can do whatever you want.
414यह अनुभव हुआ . yah anubhav huā . yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this experience be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
473You had that experience.
415खुश हुए . khuśh huē . khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . happy be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
474You were happy.
416अभी समझा कि संगठन में एक संकल्प दृढ़ता का करने से सब पहाड़ भी राई बन सकता है , रूई बन सकता है . abhī samjhā ki saṅgaṭhan mē̃ ēk saṅkalp dr̥iṛhtā kā karnē sē sab pahāṛ bhī rāī ban saktā hai , rūī ban saktā hai . ab[adv.hī] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sab[adj.] pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] rāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , rūī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . now (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) that gathering in one thought determination of do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from all x too x become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , x become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
475You now understand that by having one detremined thought in a gathering, even a mountain can become like a mustard seed; it can become like cotton-wool.
417हो सकता है ना . hō saktā hai nā . hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā . be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅ .
476It is possible, is it not?
418हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
477Is it possible?
419हुआ ही पड़ा है . huā hī paṛā hai . hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
478It has already happened.
420शक्तियों का भी शुभ संकल्प है , बापदादा कहेंगे विशेष निमित्त थोड़े बनें लेकिन सबका जो शुभ संकल्प था ना कि करना ही है , उसने काम किया . śhaktiyō̃ kā bhī śhubh saṅkalp hai , bāpdādā kahē̃gē viśhēṣh nimitt thōṛē banē̃ lēkin sabkā jō śhubh saṅkalp thā nā ki karnā hī hai , usnē kām kiyā . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] śhubh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] śhubh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] nā ki[conj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.nē] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Shakti of too pure and positive thought be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] special instrument short become[opt.pl.12hon3] but everyone's that pure and positive thought be[past.m.sg] ∅ that do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , that[.nē] (task|lust) do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
479The Shaktis also had the pure thought. 480BapDada would say that only a few became the special instruments, but everyone’s pure thought was that they have to do it and that worked.
421तो जैसे अभी इन्टरनेशनल फैंसला मिलके किया और प्रैक्टिकल प्रत्यक्ष देखा कि हो गया , ऐसे सदा करते रहना . tō jaisē abhī international phaĩslā milkē kiyā aur practical pratyakṣha dēkhā ki hō gayā , aisē sadā kartē rahnā . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] international phaĩslā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[abs.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur practical pratyakṣh[adj.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then like now international x receive[abs.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and practical visible see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , such constantly do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
481So, just as all of you together made an international decision and you saw the practical proof that it happened, in the same way, continue to do it all the time.
422कोई मुश्किल नहीं है . kōī muśhkil nahī̃ hai . kōī[pn.;d.] muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some difficult not be[pres.sg.23] .
482It is not difficult.
423कितनी भुजायें हैं . kitnī bhujāyē̃ haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . so arm be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 424हैं तो एक ब्रह्मा बाप की भुजायें . haĩ tō ēk brahmā bāp key|kī bhujāyē̃ . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō ēk[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] then one Brahma father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) arm .
483There are so many of you arms, and you are all arms of the one Father Brahma.
425तो भुजाओं ने कमाल तो दिखाई ना . tō bhujāō̃ nē kamāl tō dikhāī nā . tō bhujā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nā . then arm ∅ x then (x[past-part.f.]|x) ∅ .
484The arms showed wonders.
426ऐसे ही संगठन को बढ़ाते रहना . aisē hī saṅgaṭhan kō baṛhātē rahnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such only gathering to increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
485In the same way, continue to increase the gathering.
427एक दो के सहयोगी रहना . ēk dō K|kē sahyōgī rahnā . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (K|of) co-operative remain[inf.m.sg.d.] . 428ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
486Continue to be co-operative with one another.
429बापदादा तो समझते हैं कि इस ग्रुप को कोई विशेष यादगार देना चाहिए . bāpdādā tō samajhtē haĩ ki is group kō kōī viśhēṣh yādgār dēnā chāhiē . bāpdādā tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] group kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yādgār[x] dēnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|dēnā[.oblig3] . BapDada then understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this group to some special memorial (give[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|give[.oblig3]) .
487Is that all right? 488BapDada feels that this group should be given some special memorial.
430यादगार में एक वरदान याद रखना - कोई भी कार्य करो अमरभव का वरदान पहले याद करो . yādgār mē̃ ēk vardān yād rakhnā - kōī bhī kārya karō amarbhav kā vardān pahlē yād karō . yādgār[x] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[x] - kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] amarbhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . memorial in one blessing remember - anyone task do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] immortality of blessing (x|firstly) remember . 431तो अमर ही होगा . tō amar hī hōgā . tō amar[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then immortal only be[fut.m.sg.23] .
489As a memorial, remember one blessing: No matter what task you carry out, first remember the blessing of being immortal and it will become immortal.
432ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
490Is that right? 491Good.
433अच्छा , बहुत अच्छा . achchhā , bahut achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha , very achcha . 434न्युयार्क की मोहिनी बहन ने डिनीस बहन की याद दीः उसको कहना कि आप भी एक डबल विदेशियों में एक्जैम्पुल हो . Newyork key|kī mōhinī bahan nē ḍinīs bahan key|kī yād dīḥ uskō kahnā ki āp bhī ēk double vidēśhiyō̃ mē̃ example hō . New York key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yād[n.f.;sg.] x vah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] example hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . New York (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x x ∅ x x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) remembrance x that[.kō] say[inf.m.sg.d.] that you too one double foreigner in example (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
492Very good.Mohiniben from New York gave love and remembrance from Denisebhen. 493Tell her: 494You too are an example among the double foreigners.
435इशारे में समझने वाली हो . iśhārē mē̃ samajhnē vālī hō . iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . signal in understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
495You are one who understands with signals.
436मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
496Congratulations.
437अभी इसी ढंग से चलाते चलो . abhī isī ḍhaṅg sē chalātē chalō . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.hī] ḍhaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now this[.hī] way from x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 438सफलता का वरदान है . saphaltā kā vardān hai . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . success of blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
497Continue to move along in this way, and continue to move forward.
439किसी द्वारा सफल हो जाता है . kisī dvārā saphal hō jātā hai . kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] dvārā saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (some|anything) through successful be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
498You have the blessing of success.
440अन्नपूर्णा बहन ( चेन्नई ) : अभी आपकी शक्ल में बीमारी नहीं है , ऐसे ही रहना . annapūrṇā bahan ( chēnnaī ) : abhī āpkī śhakla mē̃ bīmārī nahī̃ hai , aisē hī rahnā . annapūrṇā[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ( chēnnaī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) : ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kī] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bīmārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Anapurna x ( Chennai ) : now you[.kī] face in illness not be[pres.sg.23] , such only remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
499It becomes successful through anyone.To Sister Annapurna from Chennai: 500Now, there isn’t any illness on your face, so always remain like that.
441बस मुस्कराती रहना , आपकी दवाई यही है मुस्कराती रहना . bas muskarātī rahnā , āpkī davāī yahī hai muskarātī rahnā . basnā[root]|bas muskarānā[pres-part.f.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , āp[pn.pl.kī] davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] muskarānā[pres-part.f.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x[root]|simply) smile[pres-part.f.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , you[.kī] x this be[pres.sg.23] smile[pres-part.f.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
501Simply continue to smile. 502Your medicine is to always keep on smiling.
442दवाई भले करो लेकिन मुस्कराती रहो . davāī bhalē karō lēkin muskarātī rahō . davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin muskarānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . x benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but smile[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
503You may take a cure, but continue to smile.* * * O M S H A N T I * * *